Approved For Release 2000108/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Collected Works on Qigong Science ID (Volume 1) Edited by Hu liangchang and Wu QihuI Beijing University of Science and Engineering Press Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Contents Today And Furture-Some thoughts About Qigong ........................... Zhang Zhenhuan, Tao Zulai. page 4 Experimental Research About the Neural Mechanisms Of Qi2ong State And The Effects Of The Emitted Qi ---*** .......... Liu Guolong, Cui Rongqing et al Initial Approached On Neural Mechanisms Of Qigong State Take Auditory Evoked Responses As Index ........................... Cui Rongqing, Liu GuolongF89e 23 The Evoked Electrospinograph And Somatosensory Evoked Potential Changes On Qigong State p%e 36 .............................. Peng Xueyan, Liu Guolong. The Mutli-Information Processing Of EEG Under The Action Of Qigong ...... ............... Wu Qiyao, Huang Kunhuo et The Application Of AR Model In Feature Extraction Of EEG In Superquiescence 65 .............................. Hong Zhi, Hu Zhongji A7 EEG Coherence And Topograpy In Superquiescence State ........................ Wang Wei, Zou Bomin et al p%e 79 The AnalYsis Of The EEG Chaos During Train-Qigong Process ........................ Hu Xiehe, Hu Zhongji page 99 X.- . X. The Effects Of Qj On The Raman Spectra Of Tap Water, Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 saline And Glucose Solution me 106 Yan Xin, Li Shengping t I The Effects Of Qi On The Polarization Plane Of A Laser Beam ..................... Yan, Xin, Lu Zuyin et a] page 118 The Influences Of' Qi On The Phase Behaviors Of Liposome And Liqui Crystal ing etP29e 1 35 ........................... Yan Xin, Zhao Nanm - The Hyperchromic Effect of Nucleic Acid Solution Induced By Qigong ... Yan Xin, Zhen- Chan-xue et al page 144 The Disproportionation Of CO And H Mixture In- duced By Qigong ....... Yan.Xin. Li Shengping et al page 159 The Substitution Of n-Hexane By Bromine Induced By Qigong ......... Yan Xin, Li Shengping et a] page173 The Initial Observation Of Qigong On The Affect OF Reaction Of Some free Radical ........................ Guo, Sbuhao, Zhang Zuqi et al page 183 Analysis On EEG Power Spectrum During Qigong States And The Effect Of The Emitted Qi Released By Q;gong Master ...... Niu Xin, Liu guolong et al Pope 193 The Influence Of Emitted Qi On The Auditory Brainstcm Evoked Responses And Auditory Middle Latency Evoked Responses In The Cat pege 206 .............. ... ........... I.... Liu Guolong, Wan Pei et a] Fine Structural Observation Of Emitted Qi Effective On Cancer Of Lung Of Mouse pege 216 ........................ Feng Lida, Guan Yingpeng et al Molecular Biological Effects Of Emitted Qi On Man pEge338 .................................... Luo Sen, Chai Shaoai et al Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 The observation of Emistted Qi on the cytoplasm activity of the Hydrilla. verticillata ...... Zhang Zuai. page_ 221 The Probe of Measuring the Biological Effects of External Qi of Qi of QiGong by the Skill of Tradescantic Pulo- dusa Micronucleus ...............poge 229 Sun Situ, Tao chun Visualizion Study of effects of Emitted Qi .............................. 1-,Y~ge Luo Minghui, Yan Mingshan 233 The Research of Elect ron magnetic waves Radiation by Man Body .................. Wang pqge 238 YiyUn, Zhang Liande Experimental Research About The Infrasonic Characte- ristics of Qigong and Psi 247 pev ........................ Zhu Zhongxiang, Wang Xiobi et at >.11~ X.. Effects of Qi-ong on Excretion of Urinary Catechola- mines ........................ F-ege Tang Cimei, Yu Xixiant; 260 The Effects of Qigong on Stress responses ........................ Tang page 265 Cimei, Zheng Lianxing et al The Bidirectional Adjustment of Daoyin Tuna Qigong (DTQ) on the Areterical Blood 275 Pressure and Heart Rate ............... Qin Chao, Feng Yangzheng ct al Observation on the Effect of LowerincPE19~279 Blood Fat by Qigong of "TUNA DAOYIN" ... Liu Yuanliang Primary Study of Effects of -Qi e Moving Method" on Som Functional Indexes of Endocrinopathypqge284 of Children ........................ Hu Mingyou, Yang Yunliang et a] Effects of Zhoutian Minmen Gong on Malignant Turnour ........................... Luo rage Z~ Sen, Tong Tianinin et at The Clinical Efficacy and Mechanism Approach (if Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Eye's Qi,-ong exercise to Treat Myopia page, 2% ........................ Wang Yuqin, Zhang Guirang et a] Preliminary Study on Qi1gong and Immunity .............................. Xu Hefen, Qi Yucqin et al A-e >./~ X.. Chinese Qigong and Synergetics .................. Li Fuli page 313 A Trial of the Phenomenological Theory of Jing-Luo ................................................... Hu Haichang- page 326 The Influence of Qigong On Stefan-Boltzmann Law ................................................ Xie Huanzhang page 346 The Statistical Treatment of the Experimental Results with Emitted Qi ..................... Lu Zuyin, Li Tipei page 361 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000108/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Summary of Contents This collection was compiled by an editorial group from the China Qigong Science Re- search Committee and the editorial committee of the Journal of Qigong Science. They com- piled papers selected from those presented at the first All-China Qigong Science Academic Exchange Conference held in Xingcheng, Liaoning Province in August 1987 and ones from after the Xingclieng conference which are representative of qigong research. There is a total of 36 articles, reflecting the situation and achievements of current scientific research into ql'gong. The publication of this edition will help to strengthen academic exchanges in qigong science and promote further advances in scientific research into qigong. This collection is aimed at those engaged in qigong science, researchers in the sciences of the human body and life sciences, those with a love of promoting qigong, and those rn t who have benefited from its practice. Collected Works on Qigong Science (Volume 1) Edited by Hu Haichang and Wu Qihui Published by the Beijing University of Science and Engineering Press tn C, Distributed by the Xinhua Bookstore Distribution Office Sold at all Xinhua bookstores Printed by the National Defense Science and Technology Industry Commission Press 787 x 1092 mni 321 mo 12.625 inset 1 273,000 characters First published February 1989 First Printing February 1989 ISBN 7-81013-189-3/Q.2 Copies printed: 1-5000 volumes Fixed price: 4.90 Yuan 2 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 FOREWORD Qigong in our country has a long history and an immensely deep foundation among the masses. The number of persons in China who have studied, cared about, and loved ql- gong reaches into the tens of millions. Moreover it has attracted widespread attention from many well-known scientists both here and abroad. In particular, since 1978 a large number of scientific workers in China have been working to combine traditional qigong and mod- ern science and use modern scientifed techniques and methods to study qlgong. Towards this end they have conducted much testing and have extensively begun research into the ef- fects of q1gong in physiology, biology, biochemistry, physics, and other areas. This re- search has forcefully proven the objective nature and value of qigong and taken this ancient Chinese treasure - the continuation and development of qlgong - and pushed it to to a new stage of modern qigong science research. Noted scientist Qian Xuesen has highly praised the significance, position, and future of modem qigong science research. He correctly points out that "qigong science is a new scientific high technology" and predicted that qlgong science research will give birth to " a new scientific revolution". Guidance and support from Qian Xuesen, Bel Shizhang, Zhao Zhongyao, and others of the old generation of scientists has urged China's q1gong science research on further to deeper, broader developments. Today, more and more experts from all professions are joining the ranks of die researchers and cooperating closely with the ql- gong world to go forward hand in hand, strengthening China's qigong science research day by day. In August 1987, the first meeting of the All-China Qigong Science Academic Exchange Conference was held in Xin-cheng, Liaoning Province. It appropriately reflected the ac- complisliments in China's qigong science research over the past several years and received great attention from every part of society. In order to satisfy the great readership's study and research demands, the China Qigong Science Research Committee and the editorial committee of the Journal of Qigong Science compiled this collection ftorn papers selected from those presented at the Xingcheng conference and ones published afterwards which are representative of Qlgong research. We believe that this book will help to strengthen aca- demic exchanges in qigong science and promote further advances in scientific research into qigong. From no", on we will continue to use the vehicles of "collections" and "journals" to reflect the state and achievements of current scientific research into qigong to our read- ers. This volume was edited by Hu Halchang and Wu Qihui. Also participating in the com- p1lation were Xle Huanzhang, Tao Zulai, Wang Yonghuai, and others. The collection editorial group of the China Qigong Science Research Committee and the editorial committee of the Journal of Qigong Science. June 1988 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Today and Future - Some Thoughts on Qigong Zhang Zhenhuan and Tao Zulai At present, the tide of qigong is surging in China. Experimental observations of the many aspects of the "qi state" have greatly opened up understanding of our owl) selves and lives. The experimental verification of the effects of qigong on different levels has further moved people towards a vast and hope-filled frontier. Science's experimental proof has opened a great door for ancient qigong to flow into the present age. With the gradual dissolution of the dark clouds of of "magic" and feudal superstition which covered it, a vast, mass-style qigong movement is now arising in China. Mass-style practices numbering in the millions are having benefits and effects for society which are difficult to estimate. Qigong is entering deeply into thousands upon thousands of house- holds, deeply influencing people's lives, and becoming an indispensible component of life. The needs of society are illurninating the youthful vigor of qigong. Many people with unrevealed talents and amazing abilities have gradually had these talents brought to light. Not a few elders, inactive for many years, have thrived when the time came for them to act. The world of qigong, which has lain quiet for the last hundred years, has begun to revive. People are using new eyes to reexamine ancient and mystical qigong and to recognize anew an ancient Oriental culture. Correspondingly, there has been a fundamental change in qigong's position in society. Zn Ten years ago. the qigong waking exercises in the public parks were looked on as witch- crafCand su?fered suspicion and attacks. Today the entire nation, from the central govem- ment down through the provinces, municipalities, districts, and counties has established q1_ gong research committees or qigong associations. Moreover, the State Education Commission has stipulated that qigong be entered into the state educational track- Qigong courses have also been entered in the guide of the State Natural Sciences Foundation and it has gained first place within the field of scientific research. What a change in only ten years! This series of changes signifies that the development of our nation's qigong profession has entered a new stage. In this new stage it is demanded of us that we make a historical g I examination from the height of development of human civilization. This requires us to make a realistic estimate of the course we have walked and to carry out a strategic consider- ation of our future path. The key to the problem is comprehension of "qigong" and an un- derstanding of the relationship between "qigong" and the future development of human civ- ilization. So just what is it that we call qigong? We consider that since the qigong state is the state possessed by the movement of human life. So qigong is a treasure common to all of hu- inanity. In the different periods of the development of human civilization it has has differ- ing historical connotations. Indeed, in remote antiquity the practice of qigong was our an- cestor's basic method of understanding the world and of improving themselves (through scholarly study and moral cultivation). And indeed it was hugely useful in the creation and development of ancient civilization. However, owing to the limitations of methodology and the restrictions of historical conditions, it underwent a transformation during the long feudal period fTom "higher learning" to "practices"; gradually it descended into the realm of religion and was demoted to being the handmaiden of theology. And it tended to decline under the impact of modern culture. However, it was exactly the modem scientific tech- niques representing the high development of modern civilization which gradually revealed the ]limitations of the methodological foundation of modern civilization and aroused peo- 4 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 pie's ]Interest in ancient Oriental civilization. In addition, the veil of mystery was also grad- ually lifted by a series of rigorous scientific exaninations of phenomena which are unex- plainable but which do exist; this allowed qigong to return to earth from dreamworld of the beyond. Not only that, but the high development of science and technology and modem civilization has laid the material foundation for a leap by humanity to a future civilization which takes the human body and life as its object. As Marx said "In actuality, the realm of freedom only begins where the labor which is stipulated as necessary by essentials and ex- ternal purposes ends; according to the value of things, it is that which lies on the far shore of the realm of true material production". "Only on the far shore of this realm can develop- ment of the human ability, with its self as the goal, the realm of true freedom, begin. Moreover, the realm of freedom will only begin to flourish when it is established on this necessary foundation." Therefore with the view of the future development of human civili- zation with humanity's own potential as the goal, the significance of qigong lies in that for the life of man's own self, it is the path from the realm of necessity to the realm of free- dom. "A jouney of a thousand miles begins with a single step". The future leap from qfnecessity " to "freedom" starts with our beginning to practice today. For q1gong, this in- cludes three areas: ONE Increase qigong science research and bring on the scientific revolution of the future. True, ftindamental differences in methodology and epistemology exist between the study of qigong and modem science which at present are difficult to reconcile. Under these conditions, it is difficult to fit qigong and the study of qigong within the scope of modern science and "science-lze" it. This would be impossible as well as unnecessary. We say that modern science is incapable of encompassing qigon-. This is not to imply the elimma- tion of scientific research into qigong; on the contrary, it is only through forceful develop- In inent of multi disciplm'ary combined research into qigong phenomena, while keeping in mind the fundamental methodological differences between the hvo. that the study of qigong and modem science will be able to combine to reach new heights. This is because: (1) The movements of human life are a combination of many forms of mechanical, physics, chemical, and biological and mental movements. With so manv different types of movement it is only possible to gain a true understanding of thern by using the appropriate corresponding methods. The sage Laozi said "use the body to observe the body, use the home to observe the home, use the village to observe the village, use the nation to observe the nation, and use the world to observe the world". This has the same meaning as what WejLlSt discussed. Thus the rather low levels of the movements and changes of state in- volved in qigQng necessitate using modem scientific methods to study them; the methods of traditional qigong study are no substitute. Only on the basis of gradually solving the low- levels and parts of the problem will it be possible to penetrate to the higher levels and ex- pose the heart of qigong. This is the only correct way to pose the problem, and correctly posing the problem is always half of the solution. (2) 0n1v by "using a rigorously scientific eye in examining these inexplicable yet incon- testable phenomena" can the existance of these mysterious phenomena be confirmed by- scientific proofs. And only then will qigong be freed from the chains and fetters of feudal superstition. These are the conditions necessary for venerable q1gong to be accepted by modern times and modem peoples. The history of qigong since the establishment of the Peoples Republic of China is enough to explain this point. (3) With out proof from modern scientific experiments as to the existance of the 5 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 between qigong phenomena and the theories of modem science, existing scientific norms, and the foundations of the methodology of modem science. And in the process, gradually establish methodological norras for qigong science research so as to make preparations for the transformations of the future. (3) Find applications. The scope of applications for qigong is extremely broad. While we are displaying qigong's uses in harmonizing the mind and body, building health, and eliminating disease, we should particularly stress: for young people, the wise development and improvement of the quality of the entire race; urging the building of spiritual civiliza- tion; and combining qigong and modem science for direct application to production practic- es and to creating even greater economic benefits. If one wishes to find the main avenue of attack for qigong science research for the present, then we feel that there two points are the major topics for present qigong research. In this area, the experiment to refine strains of bacteria which Li Shengping of Qinghua University and Doctor Yan Xin collaborated on was an extremely valuable attempt If it had been able to actually apply it to production practices it would have opened a new area for work on qigong. We advocate that scientists and qigong experts cooperate closely, with consciousness, purpose, and planning, to develop every area of work in scientific experiments and produc- tion experiments. The future prospects are extremely enticing and the road ahead is a very wide one. TWO With a foothold in the present and an eye on the entirety of China's ancient civil- ization, establish a theoretical system for the traditional study of qigong to accord with the needs of the present. Our ancestors left us a rich legacy in qigong. It is without a doubt a magnificent treas- ure. To systematically discover, sift through, and carTy on this precious legacy is indeed a major duty of the present-day work in qigong; it is also where our superiority lies. How- ever, classical qigong has cumbersome and jumbled systems, a multiplicity of different schools, and bears deep historical branding. Therefore, faced with this abundant treasury we must first decide a question of how to carry it onwards. If this question is answered poorly then this rich legacy will become a millstone around our necks, making it impossible for us to take a step and leaving us at a loss as to what to do. How then should we treat the legacy of ancient qigong? The key lies in two points, where to plant our feet and where to direct our gaze. For the former, we must have both feet planted in the present, and as for the latter, we feel that we should keep the entirety of China's ancient civilization in view. To plant our feet in the present is simply to be based in the needs of modem man vis a vis qigong, and to have a foothold in modern civilization and in the social practices of mod- em man. What the present age needs from qigong is to see qigong as understanding the entirety of the motions of life in man as well as one kind of effective method in the relations between man and nature, and to see it as realizing self control over the motions of life of his own body. It needs to see qigong as the way from the realm of necessity into the realm of freedom, but not as a means of ascending to the heavens as a Taoist immortal or achieving nirvana as a buddha. The reform of goals, the progress of civilization, and the develop- ment of society must be directed towards the evolution of qigong itself. Historical research tells us that qi gong in any historical period bears the brand of that era. Asanexample, take this short passage from the "The Yeflow Emperor's Secret Scripture - Simple Ques- tions - Discussions on Ancient Heavenly Truths": The Yellow Emperor said, I have heard that in far ancient times there were true sages who beheld heaven and earth, who grasped the Yin and the Yang, who breathed pure qi, who independantly watched over gods, 8 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 whose flesh and muscles were as one . ....... in near ancient times, there were virtuous sages who were pure in virtue and completely in the Way, in harmony with the Yin and Yang, harmonized to the four seasons, rid of the world and apart from worldly things. They accumulated purity to be fully gods, walked between heaven and earth, saw and heard beyond the eight directions. This was of excellent benefit to their longevity and life, both of which were strong, and they likewise belonged to the sages. In the present times there are worthies, who can follow the ways of heaven and earth, appear as the sun and moon, distinguish between the stars and planets, go with or against the Yin and Yang, dis- tinguish the four seasons, do as in ancient times, and be in accordance with the Way. T'hey also cause their life to be long. In the present times there are wise men, beyond the harmony of heaven and earth, following the reasonings of the eight winds, pursuing de- sires for worldly things, possessed of a heart without worry or anger, and travelling with- out desiring to leave this world. With ceremonial dress he lifts up his hands, not wishing to look upon worldly things. On the outside there is no appearance of weariness with af- fairs, on the inside there are no thoughts about evil; he carries out his affairs with tranquili- ty and does labor with contentment. His body is not wom down and his spirit is not dissi- pated; he too will live to be one hundred." This short passage makes use of the mouth of the legendary Yellow Emperor. It discusses, in summary, the evolution of qigong in the short historical period from far antiquity up to before the destruction of all the books by the Qin, the First Emperor [3rd century B.C.]. From the true sages through to the wise men, the societal content of qigong has grown and become more important. The evolution of qi- gong clearly bears the traces of human social development and thr porgress of material civ- ilization. From the past to today this short passage tells us that when we speak of continu- ing the legacy of China's ancient qigong, we must remain rooted in the present and be intelligent in coming up with new ideas! The goal of this continuation lies in creating new ideas, as it is only through new ideas that we can continue. As for the problem of where to fix our gaze, just as we stated above the practice of qi- gong was one of the basic means by which the ancients understood the world. Thus qi- gong is inseparable from Chinese classical culture's theory of knowledge and methodolo- gy. It was one of the inseparable components of ancient Chinese culture. Establishing a theoretical system for classical qigong therefore requires that we look upon the whole of China's ancient culture from the viewpoint that it is "learning" (that is to say,as a branch of higher learning rather than a type of sleight of hand). A systematic uncovering and order- ing must conducted from the full breadth and depth of history. We absolutely cannot limit our vision to the formulas in qigong's treatises and secret works, otherwise we will find it difficult indeed to throw off its stereotype as a "magic art" and might be pulled down into the whirpool of interfactional competition. It should also be pointed out that establishing a theoretical system for traditional qigong and perpetuating the legacy of ancient qigong does not in any way run counter to scientific research into qigong; on the contrary, it is complementary. In fact, it is precisely the exis- tential proof of qigong provided by modem scientific experiments and the establishment of the concept of the "qigong state" which provide us with the basis from which to reacquaint ourselves with qigong and with China's ancient culture. THREE Widespread, multi-level, multi-aspected mass-style practice of qigong is the foundation for China's qigong work. This includes three major areas: (1) Popularize qigong, so as to let even more people have the experience of qigong practice. In particular, we want to let more people with a high level of attainment in the 9 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 modem scientific culture to have the experience of practicing qigong, so that the two meth- ods of understanding the world can be combined organically in the very selves of the peo- ple who practice them. This may the most effective road to facilitating the merging of these two opposite and mutually antagonistic methodologies. With a group of people experi- enced in both practices, we will then be able to form an "organized and accepted" set of standards and guiding pronciples. (2) Bring together qigong practices and the social practices of modem man in order to improve the quality of man and to raLse the quality factors of people's lives, thus uniting qi- gong practice with the eventual goal of human civilization - to make people!s lives better and thus inevitably bringing great social benefits and influences. In this area, it is worth- while to draw lessons from the ways of improving ones body, cultivating one's mind, and control one's qi of the pre-Qin dynasty Confucians. (3) Make qigong a discipline combining traditional qigong techniques and modern scientific techniques and apply it to the health of mind and body, intellectual development, and to direct production practices for directly creating prosperity for society. It must be noted that these three areas all depend on modem scientific research into qigong opening the way. And therefore strengthening scientific research into qigong is not merely for the needs of the present or for a tactical defence, but a strategic direction, a long-term plan. We must organize and lead the way for the world. To conclude, let us remember a good passage from Xunzi; he said: "If small strides do not accumulate, they cannot reach to a thoudand miles; if smaU streams do not accumulate, they cannot form rivers and oceans; the thoroughbred leaps olice, then cannot take ten steps; the nag makes ten drives, and its effort is not exhausted. If you carve until you are tired you will not cut even rotted wood, but if you carve without flagging then even metal and stone can be engraved." Only if we walk without resting and carve without flagging in experiments in qigong science, in popularizing mass-style qigong training, in practicing applying qigong in medicine, teaching, and production, in discovering, ordering, and reac- quainting ourselves with classical qigong theories, and in practicing perpetuation and crea- tiveness in qigong will our droplets join into streams and run to form seas and take human civilization surging to a new peak. "One without profound aspirations cannot shine brightly"; one who does not fear be- coming absorbed in work must have "achievements most glorious"! (Mis paper was read by Chairman of the Board Zhang of the China Qigong Science Re- search Committee at the establishment ceremony of the China Qigong Science Research Center on May 5th, 1988.) 10 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Experimental Research On The Qigong State And The Effects Of Emitted Qi on Neural Mechanisms Liu Guolong Cui Rongqing Niu Xin Peng Xueyan (Beijing College of Truditional Medicine) The history of qigong is a long one, flowing with a multitude of varying schools. In applications for strengthen the body, removing disease, and other applications there is little difference between them. According to the different ends for qigong, it can be differentiat- ed into the two major categories of internal and external. No matter whether one are speak- ing of internal qigong or external qigong, it can be seen that there is a particular functional state which is the basis of the body's normal functional state; it is called the qigong state. The qigong state characteristic of internal gong is that of entering into tranquility. External gong has as its characteristic the dissemination of qi or the emission of external qi. The former is called the internal qigong state; the latter is the external qigong state. Both the mi- ternal and external qigong states can bring into play latent functions which the organism is not able to manifest under normal conditions - a supranormal state. One can assume that the internal qigong state, the external qigong state and the human body's extraordinary fun- tions are special functional states which probably have a similar basis but which manifest themselves in different forms or at different functional levels. It is common knowledge that every function of the human body is controlled by the nervous system. Therefore to ex- pound on the substance of the special functional state which is the qigong state, one must first research the functional conditions of the the centrainervous system under the qigong state. This may be one of the major means of removing the "veil of mystery" from qigong. In his paper entitled "The Science Of The Human Body Is A Major Discipline in the Modem Science and Technology System", Professor Qian Xuesen correctly points out that the excellent functions of qigong in the human body are an,important content of the science of the human body, and that qigong is a particular functional state of the human body. Dis- cussion of the qigong functional state provides important guidance for using modem science and technology to research the mechanisms of qigong. (1) The high degree of coordination of an organism's functions is effected by the central nervous system. This function's manifestation uses the nervous system's most basic active forms, excitation and restraint-the relative balances of the nerve process-as its basis. The state of normal function is in setting the balance of the normal functions using feedback under automatic control, which are constantly set within a relative balance which is hard to exceed. If this boundary is crossed, then there is an abnormality. For instance, the mecha- nisms of metabolic balance, arterial pressure, heart rate, and body temperature are constant and relative. When these functions are in the special functional state of the qigong state, they produce something, under the control of the central nervous system, which is unattain- able under normal conditions: new relative balances-the special qigong state. This func- tional state may express a lower than normal function state or it may express a higher than normal function state, or even extraordinary capabilities. Yoga, for instance, can maintain an organism in long-term existance under low-oxygen conditions, possibly by using a low- er than normal function state in lowering its metabolic balance and reducing its level of oxy- gen consumption. Under the qigong state the organism would produce greater than normal capability, enabling it to endure strong shocks under abnormal conditions. The extention of external qi is one manifestation of an organism's supra-normal function state; it is pro- duced as a type of biological information. As to what emitted (or external) qi is, is present- ly still a secret, but it can at least be affirmed that external qi does subjectively exist, that it 11 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 is of value, and that it contains certain energy level "information". It can not only be emit- ted from the human body, but can at the same time be received by the body and produce subjective effects. Not only is it the product of a supra-normal function state, but at the same time it is also biological information about the changes in the organism!s functional state. At present, measurements of the effects of external qi using modem scientific tech- nology have already discovered infrared radiation, electromagnetism, and other effects which occur in conjunction with emitted qi. This is only one objective proof of the materi- al nature of external qi, and it is still far from explaining its essence and its effects. Prob- ing into the effects of external qi in physics, chemistry, and biology, therefore, win be of great benefit in further understanding what external qi is. Lu Zuyin of Qinghua University and others have used advanced scientific techniques to persuasively prove the material na- ture and objective effects of emitted qi. They discovered that emitted qi can cause deflec- tion of liquid crystal rays and used laser raman spectrography determination to prove that emitted qi can produce changes in water, 0.9% NaC1, 5% Glucose, and other chemical compounds (2,3)- Similar methods were also used to investigate the changes which emitted qi produced in the structure of artificial lipid (DPPQ membranes (4,S). These experiments proved the objective effects of emitted qi at the biological molecular level. Feng Uda and others have used cell immunology techniques and electron microscope techniques to ob- serve the biological effects of external qi at the cellular level (6,7). It is commonly known that the cell is the basic unit of the life activities of living things. External qi's effect on cells and biological membranes must certainly change the cell's funtioning. Bioelectrical phenomena is a major characteristic of excited cell activity; the regular pattern of external qi's changes ot cell bioelectric activity is predictable. To sum up, is is reasonable to recog- nize that the qigong state is a special functional state of the human body and it is very prob- ably based on and produced by regular patterns of activity at the molecular and cell level. Our laboratory employed methods of neuroelectrical biology, using changes in the evoked potential of the central nervous system and the potential of brain's own electrical emissions (EEG) as an index, to quite systematically observe the internal qi state, external qi state, and emitted qi through the different levels of the peripheral nervous system, spinal cord, brain stem, and cerebral cortex. This was in an attempt to lay down a foundation for fur- ther probing of the neural mechanisms of the qigong state. ONE - The effects of internal qi on the evoked response of the cortex. Stimulation of peripheral receptors, recorded on the surface of the scalp as changes in electrical potential called evoked potential, can come from all types of stimulation, such as sound, light flashes, pictures, and body-senses. Electrical potential evoked by different sti- muli have a certain area and spatial distribution in the cortex, and thus the changes in poten- tial which different stimuli evoke express the activity in different regions of the cortex. This experiment used all types of different evoked responses as an indications by which to make a fairly comprehensive observation of all sorts of changes in potential evoked from the cortex by a qigong master doing qigong exercises before, during, and after the qigong state. Changes in the components of the middle latent time (10-50ms) during the evoked responses of the auditory region of the cortex were observed in a series of eleven test sub- jects. The normal middle latent time of the auditory region of the cortex (MLR) is formed from the three positive-negative-positive phase waves, or Po, Na, Pa, which belong to the visual region of the cortex's primary response. When the test subjects entered the qigong state, the three components all had decreases in different ranges, of which that of the Na was the most pronounced, averaging a drop of 72%. All seemed to recover after the qi- 12 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 gong state (see fig. 1, Q. In another eleven test subjects changes in components of the au- ditory region of the cortex slow response (SVR), namely the long latent time (50-300ms), was determined. The normal SVR is formed from the Pi, Ni, P2, N2, and N2 waves of which the N2 component, with a latency of about 200ms, is the most stable. As with the MLR, the eleven test subjects all manifested a range of decrease, of which there were two series (fig. 1, E and F) in which it completely disappeared. The MLR and SVR of the evoked responses of auditory region of the cortex both showed the inhibiting effect of the qigong state (8,9). The visual light flash evoked potential (VEP-F) and visual image evoked potential (VEP-P) of twentysix test subjests was recorded using light flashes and images as stimuli in order to observe the activity in the visual cortex during the qigong state 0 0,11). The nor- mal VEP-F is formed from a series of polyphase waves (fig. 1, G); the normal VEP-P im- age is relatively constant, and is expressed by each wave's phase and latent time: N60 (the negative phase wave with a latent time of 60ms), Pgo, Ni4o, P2oo, and N23o. After the test subjects had entered the qigong state, every component of both the VEP-F and VEP-P suf- fered a differing degree of inhibition (fig. 1, I,G, and H). It is already known that visual stimulation evoked responses are produced in the cerebral cortex occipital region's primary visual cortex and the secondary visual cortex of the temporal region. The contributing fac- tors of the VEP-P image is now basically clear. The N6o comes from the afferent nerves at the central depression of the retina and is sent by means of the electrical activity produced in the [stria] of the primary visual cortex. The Ngo uses the electrical activity of the [stria] cu- neiform returning to the calcarine sulcus cortex at the rear. Although the forms of the N140 and P2oo are explained. differently, they can basically be recognized as electrical activity formed by vision passmig to the cortex via feedback circuits or as a component of mental activity. They are also recognized as being related to the process of handling visual infor- mation in the cortex. Using somatic stimulation, such as stimulating the electric potential activity of the so- maticregion of the central neural evoked cortex, is called somatic evoked potential (SEP). Normal SEP in the 200ms range can record a series of wave motions of electric potential (fig. I I and J) which are named Pi, N1, P2, N3, P3, N3, P4, and N4. Of these, P1, Ni, P2, and N2 are the most-stable. Ni has a latent time of approximately 30ms, is produced by the somatic sense organs' transmission impulses going through the hypothalamus to- wards the cortex, and is the primary component of the SEP. There are differing explaina- tions of the components behind it. N2 has a latent time of approximately 30ms. It proba- bly arises from impulses travelling along the relatively low speed type A fibers from the somatic sense organs. The components behind it are generally known to belong to the pri- mary component of the cortical evoked potential. From tests with a series 21 subjects it was seen in the great majority of them that when entering the qigong state all SEP compo- nents exhibited differing degrees of inhibition, which was most pronounced in the N4 (fig. I 1b), but there were also a few subjects who showed differing degrees of increase (fig. I Jh). On the basis of all of the different types of sensor stimulation used above, tests of ob- servation of the state of the cortical mechanisms during the qigong state prove that broad ar- eas of the cortex exhibited major decreases in activity levels and were in various inhibited states. Yet this inhibited state is was inhibition while the test subject was conscious. Qi- gong theory describesit exactly in this manner. When a person is in the qigong state he can "look withour seeing, hear withour listening"; this is actually the cortex being at various levels, not a state of complete inhibition. This type of inhibited state is completely different 13 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 from sleep. According to tests by Elliot (25) when a person is in the process of going from waking to deep sleep, at the same time as the EEG changes accompanying sleep were pro- duced, characteristic changes in SVR appeared. When the test subjects went from con- sciousness into the beginning of stage 11, the fluctuations in SVR increased markedly. During stage H and afterwards, the SVR fluctuations could rise to several times the original value and latent times lengthen notably. But changes in the SVR were indeed lower during the qigong state and thereby strongly prove that the qigong state is not sleep. The increase in SVR during sleep may suggest that while the cortex is in a state of extensive inhibition it can maintain increases in the activity of various regions, or that it becomes an "alertness re- gion" during sleep, or that because of the different time phasing of the cortex's state of in- hibition it produces abnormal reactions to stimulation from the outside. This fact also ex- plains why, when the cortex is in states of various degrees of inhibition, the distribution of the inhibition is not at all even. The changes in SEP during the qigong state also point out this fact: the changes in the body-sensory region of the cortex during the qigong state were B C JO.63 J 63pV IMS, 14V IMS C D -10. 5PV A--"JO.'63u'V SMS 5M3 F H b C j2OPV _J5PV SOM3 J2OIAV 5OMS J5PV SOMS SOM3 J L b c ~_ ~JL gV _J2.5pV J2. 5PV 2ms 2M3 20ms 20ms Fig. 1 - Evoked Potentials - AM ripes.' a. Pre-q1gong. b. Mid-qlgong. c. Post-qigong A-EcocbGs B-AuRo r4 MLRP D-PAP E-Mi F-Mo G-VEP-Pi H-VEP-Pi 1---SEPs J-SEP; K-SCEPI L-SCEP 14 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 mainly indicated by inhibition, but in certain test subjects they were manifested as increases in activity. This explains that although the cortex mainly has inhibited activity during the qigong state, it also may produce increases in activity under certain circumstances. This fact has significance which cannot be overlooked in explaining how human autonomic mechanisms can accept adjustment by the will and the reasoning behind the phrase "calm the center and it will seek movement". TWO - The effects on the auditory peripheral receptors and effectors. Our experiments utilized the electrocochleogram (EcochG) as an index to observe the ef- fects of the qigong state on the tips of the hearing receptors. We also used the posterior au- ricular potential (PAP) as the index for the auditory reflex effector organs' auricular muscle activity in exploring the effects of the qigong state on reflex effects. The EcochG is an ob- jective index for understanding the auditory receptors and state of the capabilities of the au- ditory nerves. The EcochG is composed of the cochlear microphonic potential (M, syn- thesized potential (SP), auditory neural movement potential (AP), and other components. Figure IA includes theNi, N2, and N3 waves of the SPand AP. ThePA.Pisformed from three phases waves named Pi, Ni, P2, N2, and P3 N3, as shown in figure I.D. The rise in the Ecoch G shows that the auditory receptors entered a facilitory state, that is to say auditory sensitivity rose. Moreover the rise in PAP showed auditory senses entering the inferior colliculus, going through the facial muscle posterior auricular branch to the posteri- or auricular muscle and stapes, changes in the sensitivity of the middle ear's sound trans- mission system, are regulated by the feedback-type auditory capabilities. Because the PAP's reflex center is located in the brain stem, increases in the PAP can also be seen as a result of changes in the brain stem. THREE - The effects of the qigong state on brain stem evoked response and on the functions of blood vessels in the heart. It is commonly known thai the activities of the internal organs are controlled from the autonomic nervous center; they are not under voluntary control. After qigong has been practised to certain levels, entering the qiong state not only affects the activities of the inter- nal organs but even effects of thought on changing activity levels of internal organs ap- pears. This not only allows lost control of internal organs to be recovered but also makes it possible to produce the effect of mental control over the activities of internal. organs which could not appear when not in the qigong state. That is to say it allows involuntary control of the internal organs to be transferred to voluntary control. This is something which can- not be practiced when the body is in a normal functional state. The body being in the su- pra-normal qigong state possibly allows the nerve centers controlling the autonomic func- tions to be in a sensitive state, a facilitory state which supplies the conditions for them to receive mental control from the cortex. To prove the existence of this possibility, our re- search used recordings of the the evoked auditory responses of the brain stem and observed the changes in the functioning of the hearts blood vessels under the qigong state. Using ultrasound as an evoked stimulation, electrical potential activity was recorded at the "Baihui" acupoint at the top of the skull within lOms. It was possible to observe multi- ple levels of change in potential in the transmissions from the medulla oblongata to the hy- pothalamus cortex. In general it is possible to record seven waves clearly, separately showing the seven levels of activity of the brain stem which are commonly symbolized with the roman numeral I through VIL Wave I is the potential of the auditory nerve func- tions; wave Il is the electrical activity of the cochlear nucleus at the level of the medulla 15 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 oblongata; wave III is the caudal pons, relative to the electrical activity of the upper olivary body between the medulla oblongata and the pons; wave IV is the electrical activity of the lateral [horseshoe] nucleus of the pons head end level; wave V is the electrical potential ac- tivity of the midbrain quadrigeminal bodies; wave VI is the electrical activity of the medial geniculate body of the hypothalamus; wave VII is the auditory radiations from the hypo- thalamus to the cortex. Our experiment observed the auditory brain stem evoked responses (ABER) in 28 test subjects during the qigong state. The phenomena observed were basical- ly identical in all of the subjects, differing only in the degree of change. When the subjects entered the qigong state waves I-VI of the ABER all increased by differing degrees (8,14), however the changes in wave VII were more inhibited, just like the changes in the MI R af- ter lOms, prompting the transition towards cortical inhibition. The results of this experiment prove that when the body enters the qigong state the auto- nomic nervous centers located in the brain stem which regulate the activities of the intemal organs are placed in an obvious facilitory state. 'Mis fact not only supports a type of theory that says "calm the center and it will seek movement" and "calm the center,then seek move- ment" when the human body is in the qigong state. At the same time it presents a neural bi- ological foundation for explaining the voluntary control by the cerebral cortex over the ac- tivities of the intemal organs. To prove the effects of the body being in the qigong state on the functions of certain intemal organs we selected nine test subjects whose SVR had shown inhibition and whose ABER had clearly exhibited facilitation and determined the changes in the functions of their heart blood vessels during the qigong state. We compared the heart rates of the subjects after they had entered the qigong state and discovered clear al- terations in changes in PEP/LVET, PEPI, and other indices. Heart rates slowed, and PEP/ LVET and PEPI were reduced, with P values all smaller that 0.05. This group of experi- ments points out that after the test subjects entered the qigong state, heart rate clearly slowed and the blood-pumping function of the left side of the heart was thus clearly streng- thened. FOUR - The effect of the qigong state on the evoked potential of the spinal cord. When the body is in the qigong state, it may produce the effect of muscle relaxation, or it can produce supra-normal muscular strength; these are well-known phenomena. The basic centers of the regulation of muscle tension are located in the anterior comu of the spi- nal cord; motor neurons include a neurons and v neurons; the former govem the extrafusal muscles, the latter the intrafusal muscles. Muscle tension and regulation mainly rely on myotatic reflex while at the same time also being controlled by higher centers, in particular the brain stem's descending facilitory system and descending inhibitory system. Thus the activity levels of the anterior comu of the spinal cord motor neurons are a basic condition for regulating muscle movement and tension. The higher centers use the two mechanisms of facilitation and inhibition to control the activities of the anterior cormu of the spinal cord motor neurons. This experiment observed and determined the SEP and spinal cord evoked potential (EESG) of twenty test subjects as they entered the qigong state. Normal EESG is poly- phase potential activity and it is divided by the different latent times into P9, N14 N12, and N14, of which Ng and Nil, and Nig [sic] appear with the highest frequency. Eight, or 33%, of the twenty test subjects showed increases in EESG, with an average increase of 32%, p < 0.001; twelve of them, 66%, exhibited a range of decreases averaging 15%, p < 0.001. When the body is in the qigong state, in has two functions vis-a-vis the activities of the spinal cord centers. one is facilitation, the other is inhibition. The reason for this 16 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 change may be a result produced by facilitation in the brain stem; that is to say when the brain stem raticular formation's descending inhibitory system undergoes changes it is mani- fested as a drop in EESG, and when the descending facilitory system undergoes changes it is manifested as an EESG increase. The question of whether the differing EESGs appear- ing in the different test subjects is due to their different qigong methods or personal individ- ual differences awaits further investigation. Nevertheless, the effect of the qigong state on the EESG obviously has major significance in understanding the reasons why it can result in muscle relaxation or supra-normal muscular strength (15). FIVE -The effects of the qigong state and time on brain electrical emissions. Experimental research on evoked potential can confirm that when a test subject enters the qigong state definite regions of the cerebral cortex will be in a state of inhibition to a certain degree, as stated above. To further explain the functional state of the cerebral cortex during the qigong state, fourteen qigong masters were again selected for this experiment and the changes in their EEGs were observed before and after entering the state of tranquili- ty. There are already many reports on work in this area (16,17,18), mid the results of this experiment have proved these changes once again. This experiment used an EEG with four channels recording occipital and forehead electrodes transmitting to a 7T18(s) signal pro- cessor, plotted to form a power spectrum diagram (fig. 2A). Ile first ten lines are the power spectrum prior to the qigong state, the last ten lines are the spectrum after it. The re- sults of the experiment show when the body is in its normal functional state the entire brain's a rhythms, using mainly the occipital area, manifests an a rhythm synchronization from the fixing of the gaze after entering the qigong state, and power increases , most clear- ly in the forehead. Although the occiput showed increases, they were not equal to those of the forehead. Nevertheless, when compared to the normal state, the phenomena of a deteri- oration of superior a rhythms from forehead to occiput appears. The changes which appear in the EEG at the time of the qigong state MaO) may have profound significance toward explaining the qigong state's neural mechanisms, but at per- sent it is still difficult to explain these changes according to neurobiology's understanding of EEG. However, according to the inhibition phenomena exhibited by the brain evoked potential during the qigong state we can at least infer that a certain link exists between this type of change and the inhibited activity within the cortex. We already know that in EEGs of stage 11 and stage III sleep there can appear fusiform waves (14Hz) and K-Complex [waves] (8-14Hz) exactly the same as a rhythms, both of which are EEG changes due to the cortex being in states of inhibition of differing degrees and which accompany them. Our laboratory is now conducting analysis related to EEG topographical brain maps and all types of brain topograpical maps of evoked responses to aid in further investigation into this phenomena. SIX - The effect of emitted qi on a normal person's EEG and changes in EEG during the qigong emission state. Internal qigong and external qigong are probably different levels of an organism's spe- cial functional states. When a qigong master sends out emitted qi it can be seen as the su- pra-normal functional state of a higher level of internal qigong; and external qi is then the external manifestation of the effects of a supra-normal state. Therefore external qi should posess "biological data" of a material nature and of objective effects. PeopAe have had many doubts about the existence of external qi. Being unable to recognize its material na- 17 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 ture, they have endowed it with the air of "magic". Thus we are duty-bound to answer whether external qi exists or not, whether or not it can be received by biological organisms, and moreover whether or not it posesses special effects. Our laboratory has used the methodl of EEG power distribution graph analysis and SEP and SVR determination methods to observe the effects of external qi on the electrical activi- ty of the cerebral cortex; from this we have confirmed external qi's objective physiological effects. The effects on emitted qi on EEGs were observed using six qigong masters capa- 1"2 C44 A CHL CH3 C" -~Jmz CH4 VIM Fig. 2 EEG power spectrum. A. internal q1gong state. B. Effect of emitted qi. C. 01 emission state. D. Effect of infrasound. The first 10 lines of each power spectrum is the control state, the last 10 show the changed power spectrum. 12 CM 1. CH2 18 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 ble of emitting external qi and 45 normal test subjects. The results of the experiment showed a fairly clear difference between the group receiving emitted qi and the control group (27 persons), whose average power spectrum from before and after, p < 0.01, shows a clear difference, p < 0.01 compared with those of the group who received emitted qi. The major change in the EEGs of normal persons after receiving emitted qi in 47 in- stances was an increase in the forehead electrode a power spectrum, in 19 cases there was a reverse from the forehead to the occiput, and 23 cases mainfested an increase in a power spectrums in all channels (fig. 2B). Although this fact may confirm that external qi acts as a type of biological signal emitted from a body, and which can be received by an organism and produce biological effects, it is neverthelesis difficult to understand, using what we know today, to understand what the influence of emitted qi on EEG is and what its signifi- cance is; this presents neuroscience with a new subject for study. Our laboratory is now using experiments on animals to conduct further analysis and investigation on this ques- tion. While researching the influence of emitted qi on EEG, we were simultaneously record- ing changes in the EEG of the external qi masters while they were emitting qi (19). In meas- uring six of the external qi masters during the emission of qi we discovered that an overall increase in the EEG power spectrum occurr-ed in the forehead region. There was a particu- larly strong frequency peak before the state of qi emission from 9- 11 Hz shifting to 10-13.5 Hz and a tendency to deviations in,6 rhythm frequency range (fig. 2Q. T tests of comparisons of the average frequency r-ange from before and after the state of qi emis- sion show p < 0.01. The increase in forehead electrode power spectrums during the state of qi emission and the simultaneous deviations may be due to the thought activity of the qigong masters while emitting qi or they may be related to increases in certain physiological functions during the emission of qi. SEVEN - The influence of emitted qi on the evoked potential in SEP and SVPL The influence of emitted 4i on a normal person's EEG indicates that external qi posesses obvious effects on the central nervous system. To further investigate these effects our la- boratory again selected,28 test subjects to use in observations of the effects of emitted qi on SEP and SVR, using 37 other subjects as a control group. In 14 of the test subjects affect- ed by emitted qi, 7 showed an average SVR increase of 35%, p < 0.01, but another 7 showed a decrease; besides I who showed total inhibition, the other 6 had an average de- crease of 27.56%, p < 0.01. The SEP of 14 subjects was influenced. Excepting one who showed a clear rise in amplitude the other 13 all showed a decrease in amplitude, each wave being inhibited by ranges of 27%, 30%, 38%, and 46%, p < 0.01 (24). Although there are certain sin-dlarities when the changes in SEP and SVR during the state of qi emission are compared, obvious differences nevertheless exist. During the internal qi state SVR gener- ally decreased, but under the effects of external qi 50% would decrease and the other 50% would increase. Some of the SEPs showed increases under the internal qi state while oth- ers decreased, but under the effect of external qi it seemed that all were inhibited. But overall, there may exist certain common neural mechanisms between them. EIGHT - Infrasound and emitted qi. Based on the results of our experiments, we have forcefully proved that emitted qi po- sesses a clear effect on the central nervous system and removed doubts as to the material 19 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 nature of external qi. But the question of why emitted qi influences the condition of the mechanisms of the central nervous system still awaits an answer. There has been a lot of research on external qi effects from the angle of natural science and engineering which has discovered that emitted qi has magnetic field effects, infimrod. effects, static electricity fields, and more. Most recently the Ministry of Electronics Industry's Institute of Electro- acoustical Research discovered that when a qigong master is emitting qi infrasonic radiation can be measured which is higher than that of a normal person. The institute also trial- manufactured a bionic qigong instrument which featured an inftasonic component (22,23). In our own probes into the mechanisms of emitted qi effects we used infrasonic generators to conduct a large number of tests, the results of which showed that the biological effects of inftasound are similar to external qi to a certain degree, though they are by no means identi- cal. Prior to the tests the aforementioned masters of external qigong underwent measurement of the infrasound component of their emitted qi. From the 27 masters, 6 with inft-asound frequencies of 9-12.5 Hz and volume levels over 70dB were selected to participate in our experiment. Altogether 34 normal test subjects were used to observe the influence of the infrasound on EEG, SVR, and SEP. There were no control groups. The 20 normal test subjects'EEG power spectrum from before and after being acted on by the infrasound clearly showed changes, as shown in figure 2D. T investigation of the average power spectrum from before and after being affected by inftasound showed p < 0.01. The major change was a distinct rise in the power spectrum phase synchronized with the infi-asound frequency, which was particularly pronounced in the occipital region. There were I I subjects on whom the effects were similar to those of emitted qi, exhibiting a re- versal from the forehead to the occiput. The influence of the inftasound on SVR and SEP was also similar to that of emitted qi, although it was not totally identical. Of 17 normal subjects theinfrasound effect on 12 of them was distinct drop in the SVR range, aver-aging up to 38.76%, p < 0.01. The other 5 showed no change, p < 0.05. Of 13 normal subjects who received infrasound, 9 showed distinct inhibition of Ni, though N2 and N3 increased by differing degrees while the other 4 showed no clear changes; this is clearly not the same as the general inhibitory effe&s of emitted qi. We can see from the results of the above experiments that both emitted qi and infra- sound had distinct effects on the nervous system, though the effects of the two were also distinctly different. We therefore cannot consider infrasound to be the effective component of emitted qi, although we also cannot ignore that there is a certain similarity between their effects. It is reasonable to consider the infrasound may be an important factor in the effec- tive component of emitted qi or that it is may be a carrier wave component carrying other components. For instance, in the experiments on the influence of emitted qi on a normal person's EEG we discovered a startling phenomenon: the peak frequencies of the power spectrum of the subjects' EEGs were phase synchronized with the infrasound frequencies in the qi emitted by the corresponding qigong master. This phenomena phenomena not only confirms the objective effects of emitted qi, but at the same time points up the proba- bility that its influence on electroencephalograms may be produced primarily due to its in- frasonic component or resonance produced between the infrasonic vibrations andthe neuron circuits. According to the present understanding of EEG emission mechanisms, vibrations from the hypothalmus neuron circuits transiting on the synchronized neurons are the main reason for the production of synchronized electrical potential emitted from the brain. If in- frasound can indeed give rise to resonance on the hypothalamus neurons it may be an im- portant clue to further explaining the mechanisms of emitted qi effects. In order to prove whether or not emitted qi and infrasound are able to affect the neuron circuits of the hypo- 20 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 thalamus we shifted to using implanted electrodes. In tests on animals we found that the interrelationship between the activities of the hypothalamus neurons and the changes in electric potential of the cortex may be of aid in further explaining the neural mechanisms of the effects of emitted qi and infrasound. To summarize, our research is merely to observe certain phenomena of the efects of the qigong state and emitted qi from the angle of neurobiology. We are still at the early stage of understanding, taking the first steps into deep probes into the neural mechanisms of the qigong state. From the positive initial results of our experimental research internal qi, ex- terrial qi, and infrasound effects, as well as the state of qi emission and other conditions, were all accompanied by marked functional changes in the central nervous system. There- fore it is reasonable to propose that the theories and methods of neurological science may be an important path to further revealations of the mysteries of that special functional state of the human body, the qigong state. Works Referenced (1) Qian Xuesen, Chen Xin; The science of the human body is a major part of the mod ern science system. (2) Lu Zuyin; The effects of qigong emitted qi on liquid crystals birefi-action ability. A paper from the first session of the AH-China Qigong Science Research Conference, Xingcheng, 1987. (3) Li Shengping, et al.; 'Me effects of qigong emitted qi on the structures of solutions of water, physiological saline, and glucose. A paper from the first session of the All- China Qigong Science Research Conference, Xingcheng, 1987. (4) Zhao Nanming; The effects of qigong on lipids and crystals. A paper from the first session of the All-China Qigong Science Research Conference, Xingcheng, 1987. (5) Li Shengping, et al.; The effects of qigong emitted qi on synthetic gas dismutation response. A paper from the first session of the All-China Qigong Science Research Conference, Xingcheng, 1987. (6) Feng Lida, et al.; Nature, 5:9, 653, 1982. (7) Feng Uda, et al.;. Nature, 5:3, 163, 1985. (8) Uu Guolong, et al.; Neural mechanisms of the qigong state: A, Experimental study by means of auditory evoked responses. Journal of Traditional Chinese Medicine; 7 (2): 123-126, 1987. (9) Cui Rongqing, Liu Guofeng; The influence of the qigong state on auditory evoked middle latent time responses. A paper from the first session of the All-China Qigong Science Research Conference, Xingcheng, 1987. (10) Cui Rongqing, Liu Guofeng; The influence of the qigong state on electric potential evoked from visual light flashes. A paper from the first session of the AU-China Qi- gong Science Research Conference, Xingcheng, 1987. (11) Cui Rongqing, Liu Guolong; The influence of the qigong state on electric potential evoked from visual images. A paper from the first session of the All-China Qigong Science Research Conference, Xingcheng, 1987. (12) Cui Rongqing, Liu Guolong; The influence of the qigong state on electrocochlea- grams. A paper from the first session of the AH-China Qigong Science Research Conference, Xingeheng, 1987. (13) Cui Rongqing, Liu Guolong; The influence of the qigong state on posterior auricular potential. A paper from the first session of the All-China Qigong Science Research Conference, Xingcheng, 1987. 21 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 (14) Cui Rongqing, Liu Guolong; The influence of the qigong state on auditory brain stem evoked response. A paper from the first session of. the All-China Qigong Science Research Conference, Xingcheng, 1987. (15) Peng Xueyan, Liu Guolong; The influence of the qigong state on somatic evoked response and spinal cord evoked potential. A paper from the first session of the AII-China Qigong Science Research Conference, Xingcheng, 1987. (16) He Qingnian, et al.; Statistical graphs of brain potentials of the qigong functional state. A paper from the first session of the All-China Qigong Science Research Con- ference, Xingcheng, 1987. (17) Hu Zhongji, et al.; Studies into brain electronic coherent functions and topographical maps of the supra-tranquil state. A paper from the first session of the All-China Qi gong Science Research Conference, Xingcheng, 1987. (18) Mei Lei, et al.; Nature, 4 (9), 198 1. (19) Niu Xin, Liu Guolong; An analysis of the brain potential power spectrum of qi- gong masters while entering the state of tranquility and in the state of qigong emis- sion. A paper from the first session of the All-China Qigong Science Research Con- ference, Xingcheng, 1987. (20) Niu Xin, 1ju Guolong; An analysis of the effects of qigong emitted qi on brain waves. A paper from the first session of the All-China Qigong Science Research Conference, Xingcheng, 1987. (2 1) Niu Xin, Liu Guolong; Measurements and analysis of infrasonic characterisfics of qigong emitted qi. A paper from the first session of the All-China Qigong Science Research Conference, Xingcheng, 1987. (22) Lu Yanfang; Physiological effects of infrasound. A paper from the first session of the All-China Qigong Science Researrh Conference, Xingcheng, 1987. (23) Chu Zhongxiang; Measurements and analysis of infrasound information from qi- gong and extraordinary functions. A paper from the first session of the All-China Qi- gong Science Research Conference, Xingcheng, 1987. (24) Peng Xueyan, Liu Guolong; The influence of qigong and infrasound on nornal SEP and SVR. A paper from the first session of the All-China Qigong Science Research Conference, Xingcheng, 1987. (25) Elliot, D. W.; Auditory evoked responses during different stages of sleep in men Electroenceph. Clin. Neurophysiol. 1965, 18: 65-70. 22 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 An Initial Investigation of the Qigong State's Neural Mechanisms Using Evoked Responses as an Index Cui Rongqiiig Liu Guolong (Beijing College of Traditional Chinese Medicine) Qigong is a method of regulating one's own mind and body. It has been in China for several thousand years, going back to the Spring and Autumn Period [770-476 B.C.]. Owing to its unique curative and regulatory achievements, it has aroused the widespread in- terest of China's internal and external medicine, physiology, and natural science communi- ties. In today's highly advanced industrial society, qigong posesses practical significance in banishing nervous tension and regulating people's mental and physical health. Thus spoke the ancients: "Calm the heart and settle the mind; harmonize the qi, and think not on matters; concentrate the mind on the qi." (Sui dynasty: A Treatise Inquiring into the Sources of All Ailments.) Qigong masters of past ages abided by the self- improving qigong practice that "The ears hear nothing, the eyes see nothing, the mind thinks nothing" (Tang dynasty: One Thousand Golden Methods). "That which one needs to improve the body lies in regulating the mind. If the mind is not present, one looks with- out seeing, hears without listening, and eats without tasting. This is why the meaning of improving the body lies in regulation of the mind" (Warring States Period: The Great Learning). One can see why the interrelationship of "thought" and "qi" and "mind" and "body" during the practice of qigong is one of qigong's core problems. Thus research into the neural systems related to the conscious and devine minds during the practice of qigong was the first subject to bear the brunt of overabundant interest. Chinese and foreign scholars, particularly those in China, have done many reports con- cerning qiong research, but research involving the essential question of qigong mechanisms is still little seen. Due to the limitations of research methods, research in the area of neural systems in particular is often simply observing changes in the brain's electrical potential during the qigong state. And research into the related distinctive changes in the cortex, the lower centers of the cortex, and the transmitting nerves and receptors during the qigong state is even more rarely seen. This paper is based on the one of the signs of the qigong state of "listening without hearing" in order to "strengthen the body by regulating the mind". We used the middle latent response time (MLIZ) of the auditory evoked cortex, au- ditory brain stem evoked response (ABR), Electrocochleagrarn (EcochG), and the posterior auricular potential (PAP), divided into the three different levels of cortex, brain stem, and periphery, to conduct observation and analysis of changes in the neural mechanisms of qi- gong masters before, during and after doing qigong. ONE - Methods 1. The subjects and test procedures. The experiment used 38 qigong masters, 32 males and 6 females, ranging in age from 21 to 50. Their experience practicing qigong ranged from 2 to 20 years. The subjects sat in a shielded room in which a quiet environment was maintained. Each experiment meas- ured a single test item, and each test subject participated in the same test item only once. To begin, a series of two determinations were made of their electric potentials under normal conditions to be used as controls. Then they were told to do qigong and enter the state of tranquility and after 10 minutes, measurements were taken of the cortex's long latent time responses. The inhibition of this potential was used as the indicator of entry into the qi- gong state (1). Two successive measurements were made during the qigong state. Finally, they were called to recover from the qigong state and after 30 minutes another two meas- 23 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 urements, of post-qigong potential, were made. 2. Electrodes and Instruments. Except for the cotton ball recording electrodes of the EcochG and PAP, all the others used 0.6cm silver disc electrodes; the resistance of the electrode contacts was less than 5-10kQ. During the same experiment, similar electrode positions were maintained for each test subject. The stimulation was supplied through stereo earphones using short waves with a wave width of 0. 1 ms, a strength of 4OdB, and a frequency varying with each item ofthetest The experiment used the Japanese Neuropack II MEB-5100 electro-optical evoked response recording system. Parameters of the electrode positions and instruments in each item of the experiment. MLR: the recording electrodes were placed on the "Baihui" accupoint,,with reference electrodes on the right nipple, and center of the forehead. 'Me instruments' band pass filter was 5Hz- I kHz, with an analysis time of 50ms, and a superposition of , frequency 5Hz, and strength of 55~75dB. ABR: electrode positions as for MLR. Band pass filter of 10011z- IkHz, analysis time of lOms, superposition of 1024-2048, and a frequency of 1011z. EcochG: the recording electrodes were placed in the outer ear canal touching the ear drum, with reference electrodes on the nipple on the same side and in the center of the fore- head. The band pass filter was 2Hz-3kHz, analysis time lOms, superposition of 1024, and frequency 1011z. PAP: analysis time was 50ms; the rest were as for the EcochG, except the electrode did not need to touch the ear drum. 3. Wave measurement, data processing, and statistical methods. The latent times of the peak latent times of all of the curves of changes in potential were indicated by the time from the beginning of stimulation to a vertical line joining the baseline with the highest point of each wave peak. For MLR and EcochG, the vertical height from the base to the amplitude peak (2,3); for the ABR and PAP, the vertical height from peak to peak; for ABR, the height of type IV and type V waves and the height from the trough pre- ceeding type IV waves to the top of the wave (4,5). In each item of the experiment, every change was measured as two lines and their average value was taken for calculations. All data was input for computer processing. First a self-comparison t test was conducted be- fore, during, and after qigong. Then for each test item we found the percentage change of each component during the qigong state and used them to conduct investigations of the percentage changes between adjacent waves. TWO - Results 1. Changes in MLR during the qigong state. Measurements were determined for a total of 11 subjects. Under normal conditions, 3-5 waves will usually appear within 50ms after auditory stimulation. Of these waves, the ones with the highest rate of appearance are the three positive-negative-positive waves near 10.92±0.397ms, 14.38±0.45ms, and 20.1.2±0.67ms (fig. 1, nr. 1). In accordance with their respective phases and order of appearance they are named Po, Na, pa (2,6). Voltage was about 0.035-0.33pV (fig.2). During the qigong state all of the waves suffered differ- ing degrees of inhibition. In comparison with their pre-qigong state, Na's amplitude was suppressed from 0.33-+0.064V to 0.09-+0.02VV (p<0.01), Pa's from 0.24+-0.06pV to 24 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000108110 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 0.11±0.03pV (p<0.05), and that of Po from 0.04pV±0.01 to 0.02±0.O I pV (fig.1, nr.2, 2). A comparison between the percentages of inhibition suffered by the adjacent waves shows p<0.001 between Po and Na, and p>0.05 between Na and Pa (chart 1). The voltag- es of all of the waves returned to about pre-qigong levels about 30 minutes after the end of the qigong state. (fig. 1, nr.3, 2). 2. Changes in ABR during the qigong state. Measurements were determined for 21 test subjects, 17 male and 4 female. lOms after P % 2 3 Fig. I Effects of qlgong state on MLR. Nr. 7: WU (first name withheld), male, age 20. 1. Normal state. 2. Olgong state. 3. 30 min. after cessation of qlgong. auditory stimulation 6-7 postitive waves appeared (fig. 3, A). These are separately named wave 1, wave 11, wave 111, wave IV, wave V, wave VI, and wave VII (4,7). All of the waves appeared between 1.91±0.04ms and 9.08±0.07ms, with a voltage of about 0. 11 ±0.02pV to 0.5±O.O5pV (fig. 4), with waves IV and V usually being composite waves. During the qigong state the wave amplitude of the great majority increased (fig. 3, B). The increases in comparison with the control measurements of each subject prior to begin- ning qigong to enter the qigong state were (see fig.4): wave I from O.ll±O.O2pV to 0.17±0.03[tV (p<0.05) wave 11 from 0. 18±0.02pV to 0.29±0.04pV (p<0.00 1) wave III from 0.22±0.03PV to 0.34±0.06pV (p<0.01) wave IV from 0.34±O.O4gV to 0.60±0.05MV (p<0.001) wave V from 0.5±0.05pV to 0.85±O.O8pV (p<0.001) wave VI from 0.17±O.O4pV to 0.18±O.O4pV wave VII decreased from 0.2l±O.O4pV to 0. 19±0.04pV Thirty minutes after the qigong state, each wave had returned exactly to the pre-qigong levels. 3. Chenges in EcochG during the qigong state. Measurements were determined for a total of 13 subjects. Within lOms after auditory stimulation 3-4 distinct negative waves appeared (fig. 5, nr.1). These were near 1.38 ±0.06ms, 1.91±0.08ms, 2.95±0.08ms, and 4.11±0.09ms and named SP, Ni, N2, and N3 respectively (8). Voltages were within the range of 0. 16±0.04pV to 0.8±0.09pV (fig. 25 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000108/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 6) The amplitude of each of the waves rose in the qigong state (fig. 5, nr.2). When com- ared to each subjects pre-qigong control values, SP rose from 0.24±O.O3pV to 0 5±0.04pV (p<0.01), Ni from 0.8±O.O9pV to 1.17±0.1[LV (p<0.001), N2 from 0.29 0 Normal (Pre-qlgong) state Ml Olgong state MM 30 min. after qlgong J- ro 11011 Fig. 2 Comparison of each component of MLR Irorn before, during, and after the qigong state. *p<0.05. 'p<0.01 (compared with normal state). 11v 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 e.2 26 y A V1 a ~2w Fig. 3 Effects of qlgong state on ABR. Nr. 11; Liu (first name withheld), female, age 22. A. Normal state. B. 01gong state. C. 30 min. after cessation of cligong. qlgong) state qlgong Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 IV V VI VII Fig. 4 Comparison of each component of ABn from before, during, and after the qlgong state. *p<0.05; **p>0.01; ***p<0.001 (compared with normal state). Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 ±0.04pV to 0.39±O.O4pV (p<0.05), and N3 from 0.16±0.04PV to 0.24±0.04AV (p<0.05). Comparing the percentage change in the two adjacent waves during the qigong state showed little difference between SP and.Ni and Ni and N2, but there was a sharp dif- ~1~ SP "2 H3 _J '63XV IMS Fig. 5 Effects of qlgong state on EcoChG. Nr. 6; Han (first name withheld), male, age 40. 1. Normal state. 2. Oigong state. 3. 30 min. after cessation of qlgong. ference between N2 and N3 (p<0.001), as shown in the charts. The voltages of most of the qigong masters returned to pre-qigong levels 30 minutes after leaving the qigong state. But during the experiments the voltages of one qigong master were seen to recover quite slowly; recovery began after 30 minutes and had basically returned to normal after 50 min- utes, only returning fully to normal after I hour. 4. Changes in PAP during the qigong state. Measurements were determined for I I test subjects. Within 50ms after auditory stimu- lation, three positively phased and two negatively phased waves appeared, which were named Pi, Ni, P2, N2, R3 [sicj(9). Of these, N1, P2, and N2 had the highest rate of ap- pearance (100%) and were stable (fig. 7a). Their normal, pre-qigong voltages were be- tween 0.23 ±0.06pV and- 1.28±0.3liV (fig. 8), with the latent times for the three near 11.39 ±0.38ms, 14.98±0.32ms, and 19.29±0.49ms. In the 4igong state, the voltage of all of the waves increased (fig. 7, b), Ni rising from 0.23±O.O6pV to 0.33±0.05PV (P<0.05), P2 from 0.88±0.19VV to 3.64±0.62pV (p<0.001), and N2 from 1.28±0.3pV to 4.13 ±0.95pV (p<0.01), as seen in fig. 8. Comparison of the percentage change in the ad- jacent waves during the qigong state showed a striking difference between Ni and P2, as well as a difference between P2 and N2 (see chart). The voltage of each wave recovered to normal levels 30 minutes after having been in the qigong state, with no outstanding differ- ences compared with the pre-qigong conditions. THREE - Discussion. Qigong is undoubtedly different from sleep (10,11). But in investigating the activity of neural mechanisms in the qigong state, most articles sweepingly call it "the cerebral cortex maintained in an inhibited state". Until now no report has comprehensively and systemati- cally conducted composite research into its mechanisms. This article observed the func- tional changes during the qigong state in the central nervous system from the cerebral 27 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000108110: CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 OV v.3 0 cortes, brain stem, and three peripheral levels; it also made an initial probe into the laws and physiological significance of these changes. 1. During the qigong state the middle latent time of the cerebral auditory cortex enters -an inhibited state. It is generally known that auditory evoked response is divided according to latent times into three components: early, middle, and late. That within lOms is early, including the ABR and EcochG; within 50ms middle, including MLR and PAP; and larger than 50ms be- Normal (Pre-qigong) state a ME Qlgong state -ME 30 min. after qlgong b A SP 3 Fig. 6 Comparison of each component of EcochG from before, during, and after the qlgong state. *p<0.05; **p<0.01; ***p<0.001 (compared with normal state). Xv C 63-1v Fig. 7 Effects of qigong state on PAP. Nr. 1; Ll (first name withheld), male, age 26. a. Normal state. b. Gigong state. C. 30 min. after cessation of qigong state. MNormal (Pre-qlgong) state IM Qlgong state 30 min. after qigong 28 Approved For Release 2000108/10: CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 1*2 M2 Fig. 8 CoMparlSon of each component of PAP from before, during, and after the qlgong state. *P<0.05; **p<0.01,, ***p<0.001 (compared with normal state). Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 ing late (5,9,12-14). The middle and late components mostly reflect activity in the auditory cortex, excluding the muscular primary responses of PAP. We utilized the slow latent re- sponse (SLR) to carry out thorough observation and analysis of the cortical components within 500ms, while at the same time also using the ABR to observe brain stem activity. In the qigong state SLR is inhibited while ABR changes (1). On this foundation, this paper then did further research on the MLR, which lies between the SLR and ABR, and is the common boundary of the inhibition and change of the cortical components. Picton (1974) considers that the source of MLR is in the thalamus, primarhy issuing from the auditory cortex and secondary auditory cortex. The sources of Po and Na may he in the medial ge- niculate body and [multi-sensory] nucleus of the thalamus, and that of Pa may be in the temporal lobe and frontal lobies secondary auditory cortex (5). Ozdamar (1982) considers the source of MLR to be in the auditory cortex or secondary cortex, perhaps coming from the auditory radiation of the thalamus, of which the source of Pa may lie in the temporal lobe of both sides (15). Davis (1976) reported that MLR comes from region I of the audito- ry cortex. Experimental results show that Na and Pa are both inhibited during the qigong state. This suggests that the auditory primary cortex, the secondary accessory auditory cor- tex, and the auditory radiation below the cortex and on the level of the tharnalus all may be in an inhibited condition. This happens to agree with the changes in the 230ms component of the visual evoked response (see "The Effects of the Qigong State on Visual Image Evoked Response.") and in the VAX VU wave of the brain stem evoked response during the qigong state. It can be seen from the graphs that there is a clear discrepancy between the degree of inhibition of Po and Na during the qigong state, while there is no difference be- tween Na and Pa. Thes explains that th6 effect of the qigong state is not the same on all three waves, thus allowing them to be at two levels of inhibition, with Na and Pa being in- hibited to a greater degree that Po. This indicates that the degree of inhibition from the qi- gong state is greater on the supertemporal lobe (region I of the auditory cortex) and multi- sensory nucleus of the thalamus than on the medial geniculate body of the interbrain. From the large amount of work we have done it is not hard to see that in the qigong state the cerebrum's body-sensory cortex, auditory cortex, and visual cortex are all inhibit- ed.There may be two sides to the physiological effects of this broad inhibition of the cere- bral cortex: One is purifying or "defibrillation", similar to defibrillation in the heart. "The temples and mind converge into one, concentrating in one place" (Qing dynasty; The Shen Family Elder Students). When a qigong master enters the state of tranquility his thoughts observe the "Red Fields" (the pubic region) and in the cortex only the point of the cortex related to the "Red Fields" is stimulated. This point of stimulation allows the rest of the cortex to fall into an inhibited condition. Temporarily using one point of excitation to control the activi- ties of the entife cortex in this manner leads cortical activity to tend towards synchronization and orderliness. This is beneficial in eliminating all types of interference, in regulating neu- ral disorder, and in lowering sensitivity to stimulation of a negative nature from the outside world. This may be just where lies the special effectiveness which qigong posesses to har- monizing the mind-body (mental thoughts and physical body) balance. Two is assinfilation and the accumulation of capability. When one does qigong and en- ters tranquility, "accumulating spirit to produce qi, accumulating qi to produce perfec- tion ... ; practice perfection to change to qi; practice qi to change into spirit" (Qing dynasty; Selecting Without Medicines). This is to say that in the qigong state the cerebral cortex is in a condition of protective inhibition. The body relaxes, the thoughts calm, the spirit is di- rected inward, the mind and qi fuse, the cortex dissimilates and metabolic processes slow 29 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 down, increasing the dissimilation from metabolic processes. Some call this process direc- tional metabolism, but Gellhorn (1972) and Dowidson (1976) call it nutritional respons ie (16)* This may be the reason why qigong can eliminate tension, banish fatigue, ensure bod- ily energy and vigor, and extend long life. 2. During the qigong state the brain stem is in different degrees of facilitory states. The brain stem is composed of the midbrain, pons, and medulla oblongata. It is the center for sustains important bodily life functions. The cerebrum, cerebellum, and all parts of the body are able to intercommunicate through it so as to regulate the functions of the en- tire body. There have been early reports on work using auditory evoked brain stem re- sponse (ABR) to understand pathological changes in the cerebrum and brain Stem (17-19). But work using ABR to observe brain stem activity began only recently (1) and is mostly observation to determine the nature of the question. This paper is to conduct a quantitative analysis of the changes in each wave in the brain stem during the qigong state. Within lOms after audio stimulation the brain stem's auditory evoked response appears as 5 to 7 waves, whose source is now quite clear 0 a). The source of wave I is in the audi- tory nerves, that of wave 11 in the cochlear nucleus, wave III in the upper olivary body, wave IV in the lateral [horseshoe system] nucleus, wave V in the inferior colliculus, of the quadrigeminal bodies, wave VI in the medial geniculate body, and wave VII mi the auditory radiation. The different waves represent different centers, and the different centers are lo- cated at different levels of the brain stem. The cochlear nucleus, located in the medulla oblongata, can indicate brain stem activity at the level of the medulla oblongata; the olivary body is located on the pons medulla oblongata side; the lateral [horseshoe system] in the pons; the inferior colliculus of the quadrigeminal bodies in the midbrain; the medial genicu- late body in the thalamus; and the auditory radiation is emitted from the thalamus to the au- ditory cortex. The size of the seven waves of brain stem evoked responses not only rel- fects size of the exitation of the corresponding center in the auditory circuits, but also reflects the activity level of the surrounding organizations of each center(20-22). From the results of this test it can be seen that the changes in auditory brain stem re- sponse shown at different lev6ls are not alle. Facilitation is manifested from the midbrain to the medulla oblongata, of which the pons level (lateral [horseshoe system] nucleus, wave M facilitation is the most marked (138.42 %); the midbrain level (inferior colliculus of the quadrigeminal bodies, wave V) facilitation is the next clearest (91.93%). Continuing down in order of the amount of facilitation we have the pons-medulla oblongata boundary level, the medulla oblongata level, and the outer peripherals (wave 11 change of 71.35 %, wave III of 67.59%, and wave 163.14% respectively). Although the thalamus (medial ge- niculate body, wave VI facilitation of 41.65 %) shows facilitation phenomena, there are no statistics to study their significance. Very interesting is that not only does the auditory radi- ation (wave VII, 9.5%) near the cortex show no facilitation at all, but on the contrary it be- comes inhibited. Comparisons of adjacent waves support the conclusions above. The de- grees of facilitation in the brain stem under the qigong state are not identical; the pons is one level, the midbrain is another, and so are the medulla oblogata and peripherals and the thal- amus. Auditory radiations, on the other hand, undergo inhibititon. In general, in the qi- gong state the brain stem seems to have this tendency: going from auditory cortex to brain stem to periphery there is inhibition - strong changes - less strong changes respectively. This phenomena may be related to a lowering of the inhibitory ability of the lower cen- ters after the cerebral cortex has been inhibited by the qigong state. This tallies with and gives positive guidance to understand the theory put forward by the Russian physiologist Pavlov in the early 20th century that when the cerebral cortex is in a state of inhibition this has the effect of facilitating the neural centers under the cortex. 30 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000108110 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 The facilitation in the brain stem is significant, owing the fact that the autonomic nerve centers regulating the internal organs are located there. Therefore facilitation in the brain stem must create increased activity in the internal organs, thus providing an experimental basis for the qigong state "internal organ movements" theory. Whether the facilitation ef- fects of the brain stem under the qigong state are active or passive, and why the degrees of facilitation are not the same at different levels of the brain stem, both await further research. Whether the lowered condition of facilitation of the thalamus in the qigong state is after all a diffusion of this facilitation to lower locations or a result of the upper inhibition and lower facilitation cancelling each other out, also awaits further clarification. 3. During the qigong state auditory peripheral sensory organ excitation is increased. Most of the reports concerned with the actrivity of peripheral nerves and sensory organs under the qigong state have used skin potentials and such. But inner ear potentials, middle auricular muscle primary activity, posterior auricular potential, and the activity of other ex- cellent sensory and effector organs have been little reported on. By observing primary re- sponses of inner ear potential and auricular muslces it is possible on the one hand under- stand the activity of peripheral sense organs in the state of tranquility , while on the other hand to distinguish whether or not changes in qigong state central suditory evoked re- sponse are caused by the inner ear. The EcochG is an objective method of investigation, as it is not dependant on the in- fluence of the test subject's behavior and thus investigation results posess reproduceability and precision. The electrodes can be positioned near the tips of the hearing structures and the responses present a strictly one-sided nature; for this reason there is no need for shield- ing against sources of sound or electrical potential and the responses are quite clear and easy to locate. Because the EcochG is not influenced by thought activity, tranquilizers, or total anaesthesia it can be considered the ideal indicator of functional changes in auditory sensors (peripheral sensors) and auditory nerves (peripheral nerves) in the qigong state. The EcochG is formed from cochlear microphonic potential (CM), synthesized potential (SP), and auditory neural activity potential (AP). The former two are caused by activity of the hair cells and basiliar membrane, while the latter is caused by the auditory nerves. Therefore the height of the potential of each usually represents the activity level of the cor- responding structure. SP is the changes in DC potential produced by movements of the basiliar membrane un- der auditory stimulation, recorded with SP used for when there is no vibration in the mem- brane, -SP used for when the membrane stretches toward the cochlear tube, and +SP uses for when the membrane stretches toward the eardrum; and also in measurements, - SP can be used in for when there is a large degree of vibration of the membrane, and +SP for a small degree of vibration; increases in direct current potential within the cochlear tube (Endocochlear DC potential) can be written as -SP and decreases as +SP. During stimu- lation of the olivary cochlear bundle, -SP decreases and +SP increases; Wei Baoling con- siders -SP to have the effect of excitation and +SP an inhibitory effect (23). AP is composed of Ni, N2, and N3. Ni has the greatest number of synchronized neu- rons and the highest degree of synchronization, thus it has the largest electrical potential and highest oscillation. N2 and N3 have a smaller amount of synchronized response neu- rons and less synchronicity. Their components include long latent time auditory nerve fiber discharges and auditory nerve fiber repeat discharges. They may also include elimination of positive potential from the cochlear nucleus and upper olivary body, and therefore their potential is progressively lowered. From the results of the experiments we were able to see that in the state of tranquility the EcochG wave group manifested differing degrees of increase. Compared with before the 31 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 start of qigong, NI potential changed 51.3pV% (p<0.001), N2 changed 50.7% (p<0.05); N3 changed 110.74% (p<0.05), and SP changed 51.93% (p<0.01). CM, however, was rather difficult to observe as it suffered from the forward and reverse phases alternately cancelling each other out. These changes are identical to the increase in hearing and de- crease in hearing state when in the state of tranquility as reported by Clements (1980). During the qigong state -SP rises and Ni, N2, and N3 are increased; this may explain how the qigong state can heighted the excitability of the inner ear hair cells and the basiliar membrane while increasing the number of synchronously discharged neurons and their synchronicity. But after 30 minutes of recovery from cessation of the qigong, the SP in figure 5, nr. 3, had changed from SP to +SP, which explains the low EP and state of inhi- bition at this time after the cochlea had been excited. We discovered from the above experimental ABR and EcochG results that brain stem waves I and 11 and Ni and N2 of cochlea potential explain that peripheral excitation has ri- sen and that everything has changed from the brain stem to the peripherals. So are the changes in the ABR arise from the EcochG? Or did the changes in the ABR create the EcochG changes? Looking at it only from the results of this experiment is would seen that the latter is more probable, but this too awaits further investigation and study. Changes in PAP also increased during the qigong state. Posterior auricular potential be- longs to the category of muscular electricity; it is started by audio reflex. Sound acts upon the hair cells and is carried on the auditory nerves to the cochlear posterior nucleus, upper olivary body, lateral [horseshoe sytem], inferior colliculus, and then to the facial nerve nu- cleus; it passes through the facial nerves and posterior auricular branch to arrive at the pos- terior auricular muscle (24). Because the center for this reflex is in the pons, is belongs to the centers below the cortex. For this reason this process is in no way under conscious control (25). Methods for recording this response are simple, as the amplitiude of the re- sponse is large and wave forms are clear. It is another ideal indicator for understanding the activities of the peripheral muscles and nerves and the activities as the path of the reflex moves along these structures. Since a portion of the nerves (facial nerves) which this re- flex is transmitted through goes directly to the muscles of the stapes in the middle ear, from it we can indirectly understand the activities of the inner ear muscles in the qigong state. Looking at our experimental results (fig.s 7b, 8) from the qigong state, we see that of the increases in posterior auricular potential, that of P-, was the most distinct, followed by N2; that of Ni was also significant. First of all, this explains the rise in excitation and increase in potential of the posterior auricular muscles and face and other bones and muscles during the qigong state. This is the embodiment of the qigong principle "The form is relaxed, the mind-is tight" (26); outer tranquility is the method, inner tranquility is the goal (27). Al- though in the qigong state the face and all the muscles of the body are apparently and sub- jectively relaxed (26), they are in fact in a kind of condition of alert. Secondly, due to the fact that the route this reflex follows is similar to ABR, in the qigong state the response in- creases and the latent time shortens. This not only tests and verifies the qigong state chang- es in ABR, but also in itself may be created as a result of facilitation in the brain stem. Thirdly, the sensors for this reflex are in the inner ear and after they pass this reflex they re- turn to the feedback loop of the middle ear muscle structures. Therefore the posterior auric- ular potential increases in the qigong state, which indirectly explains why the degree of ten- sion in the middle ear increases at the same time. When the degree of middle ear muscle tension increases the stapes is pulled, which results in an increase in sound resistance and weakens the volume of the sound reaching the inner ear, producing a protective negative feedback effect and necessarily leading to a drop in inner ear activity. Actually, the qigong 32 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 state allows the inner ear to be more excitable than in its normal state. This very possibly is a result created by changes in the upper brain stem, and also explains that the qigong state brain stem facilitation phenomena is definitely not created by the inner ear but points out that it is a result of changes in upper initative activities. Percentage Voltage Changes & Difference In Changes Between waves units: pv Wave NamePre-q1gongOlgong Post-qlgongOlgong Difference State State In %ag O/bage change chani of each w P, 1 0.04 o.020.Oi 0.050.01 $1.4317.71/1% 0.01 P<0.001 0.33 0.06 0.09 0.02**0.32 0.0772.09 5.78,09 P>O.O& P 0.24 0.110.03* 0.230.08 64.73 9.89% 0.06 0.11 0.02 0.170.03* 0.110.03 63.14 27.98% P>0.01~ 0.180.02 0.290.04*0*0.390.03 71.3520.89% P>0.05 0.22 0.03 0.340.060*0.260.06 67.5919.94% p<0.001- IT 0.34 0.600.050400.480.07 138.42 0.04 $8.27% P<0.001 0.600.05 0.610.01 01.2324.939 P<0.001 10 0.17 0.180.04 0.160.06 41.6525.19% 0.04 P<0.001 11 0.210.04 0.190.04 0.230.05 -4.4712.62 S P 0.24 0.35 0.04" 61.9312. 0.03 0.290.0,4 g3 P>O .05 N1 0.80.09 1.17 0.3... 51.3 4.68 0.870.09 P>0.05 N. 0.290 o. 390.04' 60.7 19.44,4% ' 04 0.330.06 P<0.001 IV. 0.16 0.04 0.240.04* l M 74 0.160.03 33.19% i 0.23 0.06 0.33 0.05* 43.7233.96,0% 0.230.06 i P<0.00) P, 0.880.19 3.64 0.62"* 313.9673.28,% 1 1.030.25 P<0.05 e ave 223.16 V 1.28 .33 0.95- 78.23ro 0.3 1.34 0.34 *pe M -h~- frequency spectr..1 Ana, si uses the fa.,-:.t Fourier L FFT ) me thod . In order to r;duc:e the lea.Vage & i 9 n s I re f r,, z:~ p~-ocessing done on the original data adding a co-ine slope md~p, use of the real sequence property of --a Fouriel, "a forr, m&ves it possible at the same time t 0 Co nduct a Fourier transform for the two EEG signals, in orc-ier to t~-.,e computer work load processing time for the FFT 8 n5 I n t he -1 nterpo I -at I on ope ra t 1 on , each cons tant [--,rr~r6uce~3 by a B~'--SILC program is sent to internal storaqp anA to the assembly language program when it is running. the 6502 process, we define one number using f T1 C o V.. j F y e 7 'n Second byte Nu;T.er-1r.,7;11 code < - - - - - - - - - - - S, i on Y-- t M h m a n 3 E-) o a t v e a. n 7 m E, r, E ai f thQ exE--n~-,nt U~-Cs a Y el-l i c Ln a nid t he mant i s sa- o f t he n u mbe r u se S a. n b5 01. C: ia + i or L L 1 . the t0f)001-aphical mar-~ uses cl~"'e-rent gray s n,= e t re!Preaentat ion., wi th the gray scal ing prov id in-,-1 e V q, , a. n 4- z - 4 1, i on, and the pr intei- output u~e t h e d e t o f t he craph to represent. tli-je size oil the -Dr8y sc& le 0 2 5 6 7 e 9 10 WA Jill so fill T' F" gray scal ing t he -,=~+em s wr, al t + e n i n j< jcne t~ -1he n Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 d n h e~ c c- e 2: e t e a c) f ind the power specti- -n -3 q u jor, o,er L- a t , S , a f t W h I c cc,-. t r (D L~' re t urned to the ma n p~ ogram, wh i ch reads the t h s e o pe - a t i c, ri a and corr~,pi e te s the coherence anal yc' s an'4 the printing of the topographical map. h c- F FG c o h e i- e n c. e -analysis arid EEG coherence Trapping program f1cw-ch.Erts are shown in Figs. 4 and 5. 're-.t ~Fubjects arid Methods u. L, e c t -~, w (-, r c (3. 1 v ;, c3 e C', I -. t o thre 9 r , p Th f Ii-- e C, U E: 4- i L Wa-- Lh-e CCr-1 '~rol OrCL:p, COFJ--~ at rig of 5 persons, al I male , w~zc- had --ot stud i c-d Ci I acing , anz~ rang i ng i n age from the o 1 de s; t, , 26 years Pf age p to the younge-ct, 2,42 years of age, with a n a v e r ~-" -:1 e c-. c f 2 The ~eccn-" grc,~-,.-i 4,:, -- -a gr up that pr ctice 0 Fj 4- S h~as pi-actlcelcl C"~qorlcj for period.- r-6r-.ging from 2 mcnth~ i- persons, 112' male and -1 female, with the 1- 1 '7 ye Z-1 oil aCe and -the youngest 22 years, and & i n U n averagc age c 11 4 y e a r 2~ . 7 h ~ t h i i- d group, was compos'ed r p - ~ - D g f w h :, h ~:-- v e b e e n ong practitioners foi- a. cor).paratively c r, c% t m c-, r. -B v e r a c v e v e a r s , c,- n c'. w a 5 people in all, cm c- IF i the oldest, 6C ye&r-- olc~, t the ciqe of '12. Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 17 P- t `Bl-izat ion T, + F F 'in t i ri e c c, ~n, opera' on n), y7( -n) AA y t P(n) < 1,2,...128) iAFFT-TW)r. '. S WMtg A Ix i'~ P=P+l P P -P 12 y P < ~12~y (k k=2 )'>0.95 4+1 4 +1 k=k+l y Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 C., 2 IX m t n 4 5. Enter asceminly language program, initializaticn j G. E --- C 's a m P r! 9 e n x n 2 5 6 -~ r, 6 t-'-~nsfer, tc, cohcrence analys is program i I-, t e c t i o - e r -a t - L-' ~ - I- I L-' i - q u z t f c, n o c e s s i n g PC t 1- e u r ne q u n t -~;a t c,,-. r e su. t s map- r~rint output F-x Liu\ ?E fo, %Omft Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 or + he EEC don e w i th zj de- - de ne 4 e I -Z, - - - j (3 - 6 L. C-, and Ei-le'Ld 18yer (Copper mesh) and the EEG unit are jo,,ne--' Inside, a chair was set up, and in order to have a L-Cf.. -U~.t, a direct current electrical signal lamp was erecte--'. &nior. generator were located on the top and buttc7m p the sh! 'elded box respectively, in order to provide -~~e environment was kept comfortable as far as po ~- a i I e be 11 ore hand i n orde r t o a ch i e ve go od te s t re s u I t s . For nc-. the s: uperou ;1 e Soent state , the Q igong pract i t 1 oners were i-qu- i-ed" tc go throogh the fol, '.owing three cond it. i OnS 5 T-, t of re,St. belroi-e exercisir-.,g; 2) during exercising, they ~:eie i-eq,,ilred to enter qukescence as rapidly as possible, e x e - L . . I-,- for the control group, they were requlre6 t-1 iT-,i1-1La1L"e pr7:~cticinq Q.19ong using a method of thpir own u n d e i- -t 1-- 4 -. 1-j- '- S) ;,ftE:r excr-ciaing, -stop, again rest, and slit for r e q, r e r4 e ,, p 11 1-In ~,tionZ were pruvided-3. to the- [2 1, 'cr- to thc test, and during the test a loud-pea"e- e t 1~c- bo x f'or n o t i f y i nq the part 1; c i pa.- Lits when t', w ~ t'n eauh cond i 'u- ion . In order to avo id errc-3 (3, r r~ eye Movement, the exercising was required to be 6 l I o s C- C3 )-r, r cerebral ~~D t I-) et w FEG ccherence a.n;-:;.2 yse s o f the P 4 wei-e obtained ftor,-~ &nr-3 '-9 C) 1') e & re f e re nce e '.1 e c t rode , Y) 0 'L e e C" C e 1- 1, C' e 7- reccrde~i 8.1. " rng tl~e centy all 17, 4, 1 - ~ I j -_ Ohen CoIng the ED- topoqr,~phic: map -rYo +L e ecti-J~, recc~rd. ing me thod was u~ d at I 'e re 'n-e e C- c' r od~ I., Z: C:4 rr 1 r e c t e d t h i- c. u z2 11 th- IF 7 IN D - ~c' a r, d a f t. e 2~ F; c rC t )ye t e r rr, n a I c + h e E Er G u r., t. I - C! c +*,on through an an-209 fj t e r, i s e n t t o, c v e- e r circuit (the filter i s a two stagge o W pa s S t r f r e u e nc- y of 40 Hz, and an a m~ ca t C C., '-, v e 2:e h a S ain & 0 C 1, & c y C f h f L f 11 11 c'- 1 v r., ~3 u c t I rl 9n a 1 Y S i s a n d p r o c e s s i n 9 T h e a t h e Y s 9, i n tt c, a g r. e c -t- &e r e c o r d " n 9 u n i t a s a r e s C-- +L S 19,,-, a the =; pz~wer spectrum topographical map analysis, it e -~v i ed tha:t amplification factor be strictly 4 I Oe lc~~! Pc3s 'I to use the F.71"'I mapping un JA c o, nZ'i~j n a a s a si mu a. te d i n p u t / o u t p L; t sl g, n a t c adi U, s facto.- to sat i sf y requ irements . For the L ~~c- ia, there is no need to talk, abou mpl f 10- t o'l t L cor. I + s i d e r i n g the results after a Fourier transform the coherence anal 1-e value is determine'd I7sia, program, a qat L I 4 v;~ I u e i am a 11 e r than the given gate value the given E c, a nd o r t h r e. as o n w e a I s c a h c; k: L 7-i e 3 -i-, c o n f a, c t o r e q u a. 9 1 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 4, t h e v s i s o f t h c e r e b r A_ ! f o r e h e a d r E, 9 i on Through EEG ccherence analysis, we obtained the time (di-Stri~-ution) of each of the test participants during the L T, r C, :- ea 4 h~ e L cc.-re-spondence relation of the EEG c o 1-i Em i, c- n -I E, i n cz as shown in Fig. I - 6 Tn the figure, the Y-axlz, the time axi_z. (each -TIO -seconds countsLone point, hence 60 repv-esent.,S 30 m4nutez_~), and the y-a,x:s is the coherence index V V-:~ conlduc',cd anal yc- Is of the coherence index obtainea for the thi-t~e 'lime pei- iods. The three time periods were before L durin-) conduce 'on c-' exercising, and the Fifter e -,7 i--,e i 31-7 . An a erage w s obtained for each st ge for 5 a a in-,~37ces (equal to the average coherence. in3e% .77 i-e~_u I t- of the an8llysis are shown I ;n TaJIk:~ 2. 7 4.F,~ f fill JtPJAl C 2?Z Q 6.36 0.4086.36 0.8526.481.121 7.A' v v ~_z. 6.08 1.4116.63 2.232*7.3871.297 e i 'A u e 6.45 0.84**9. 1.212*111.452.177 5 u -c . D u o n d d 'Ci L h h- n I a L f cl ilcancc, i level i g ear , i r se n ccrp:,r w I t ore iLori h be LI - f i orC' s n i ce 0.005. s f ican level iD Z~ p -1 ~~ - ~ c erce ~ two e coh, the r 92 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 i c e 2- e b rF-- 1. c o- t 0 r e In j E, 0 r j < 01 . C 1 ) . 11, G I ; --j ) C, j M':I I e e i. 1 ( - , "; o. the i r cche re nce i nd i cc., ~ durin,,D exercising, thcugh th-iE increase did not reach the significance level , a n:5 9" 0 uP more re I a t 1 a nto gigong novices (those h '_4 v e P I- c iced for 2" mcnths) . The coherence index value of th; - C2 1 o nu'e--~ of r-a L --ct i ce showeA~ a marked rise. '_'oherence t-opographical map analysis e conducted analysis on the coherence topogr-pl-ical of th= Pigong practitioners of the three groups. F'-r thle control Urcup, there was basically no change in the coherence topographical distribution in two tests, and there was - ; a E-1 lg-ht increa-se in the rear area of 0111i I the cerebrum and a &I ic;h' in the frontal area . The second group, in comparing the period during exerc~sinc$ I -_ 8 n 3 t -:5 1-~e 1"cre , had an Ji ncrease i n b I..h the . r nt a . e C) f C r-d y ar P.Z,- t C- i , ~- 2 of ce%-e~)rum (bct~- the forehead area &no' the C)C j t E, le there was no no- i-eable -,an --her ar-ea cl . ge in ol 7F r t h F a w,"th a longer exercise time, cch(--rence L s I n the process o f enter I ng 4L-hE- s,.)perq~i e n t s e z, e s h o- in Flas. 7 ~ n- d, T t t', e seen th;;' h-cfolc ti-a:r- i- not much d;fference with a normal person, L-ut when Int.-) pract ice, the cohei-ence indez of e,--.-h rcoiun Y t - - v n: e r: t' e r e (3 t hu ,-: e r (-, u 'I e L- c t e quite c'e-r. A f t e r '~O r,.In~;'eE i -1 CD P, Z7- t C E' , ;~cri of be-roi-e anc3 after shows 'h=+ the cohe re n:--e i nr~;-- o f each i-p,:! n. c f- -,--he cerebr u r, h:-=~-- h ~3 a, r, a y ~'e T 1-. + r II-) e i s p rt J c u I ar c~ n f T777 cc;lhe rl- rice o,,-, o g r a c a I m 8 p Ce a _7 t 1-.hj_e~ I -'Me 4' 1 c he c e r e b u rn ;z ~3 j rr, in 5 n t t (7~ 0, h e n- nde xC fthe right side of tIn Ce I-e b]- U M g chat 0 ft 'h & JeI4- S L ide .Th i s indicate-~ that 14h CI- '- ~' c , ~-ia P e (i c e r; t s t a t e , e a c h r e y C) n C) ~ L e C C t' U t h e e r \1 e s y 4- e rr e1 a t L - E L. -,c -en the C. 3 . Pr r- vi e 3. p c c t a ri; a Lp a n a. y s r-c nt rc. 1 gro up EEI power spectr um map I yE i E- : the power spectrum distribut- ion in the occipl, tal region h e eric ruv d i str 1 bu t i or, be f ore and after e xe-c i s i r;~~ --t Ch=-nge The EEG e nergy concen- IL- rat I on i r t ~-e a rid 4 e ~qu i-j c y r 9 e 0 . 5 - 1 0 H Lhe proportion of the enercy n t !-~ ~7 I I I e I e g, y f o r t 1 a e a..;: i - e q 11, e n c- 'I * r a ~ i 9 e b c f c i - e s n d e i - t e t C- - t r C a' T + m a. y be seen from an analy--i--- of the apec~trum cf the a freq-,.iency range th.mSt the cne'-O~! L e occipi uO r e 9 c n , a n a" i 1-1 t h e S L-C-Isical!~,',' a symmetric eiStributcn. 9 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000108/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Se -Y -- u c ;-.- es p e c tu r u m m a pn as J~ S : d u rg pi-n-c-t-E-2 1--.f ente.1-Ing the superquie-ccent, state, overall energy w;-:-= t 1- a r,4- e lu f Y ru t 1-1 1 t a I r e t,,, 1. o n to t h eo vFt a dF. q~ L,j en e r- C4: cther re-ions also had tendency to have a at the forehead regior., a-,,-- the a:, f Y C- Z17 U! n g:& 7 . 5 - 1 10 . 0Hz) power spectrum map analysis all so Z, h o wt 'F, a n c3 c n e n c t e athe EES dominant frequency is in the a- I-'7-ter Ciq-~.ng pr;ac-it loner power spectrum :-,iap analysis: CCM~-rzn~ during exercising and before, the most clear t- "' ' chall'-~cLer-i=tIcs is that the EEG wave amplitude suddenly increacea r,-Corehan-, the dominant frequency is in the a;, EEG COHENCEMAP LEFT GCoHERENCEMAP EE RIGHT LEFT RIGHT 16 H 2 SM 19974-20 8t 52 19874.20 0: 00 1BAO. XT38MALE DAO- XT38MALE Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 0 1 2. 3 4 5 6 7 9 9 10 Approved For Release 2000108110 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 -chere nce ma~7. change ~-~ f Y mas e r pra ct t oe- --!- the s ---ei-u e scent t5~r- LEFT RIGHT, LEFT RIGHT b~- r a n cj e c w e e z r a z:~. j~ e r P.)- ~D t c,-. e r S LEFT RIGHT ............. ............. .......................... .......... ................ St .................. % 00e ...... .. .......... 0000000*00000 'Nee 1 2 3 4 6 6 7 a 9 10 *0 0 1 1 3 1 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 ID 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 1 2 7 8 9 .10 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 e E ~3. u i, AL PHAI 7-5 10-0 (H Z) ALVHAI 7.5 - -.10-0 (Hz) LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT ............... ................. ............ . Ur A 40L 4 ~4 0 1 2 3 4 6 6 7 9 9 10 0 1 2 S 4 5 6 7 8 9110 Jcx m S K M a x ON F F 7 C.- w e y s PL- -a S e w v c E: r e a- the superq- iescent state f or a 1- a V C- I - I- Y t me RIGHT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 00 = Nji 19874.20 99 00' 19974.20 $a 30 BAO.XT SEMALE .BAO.XT SSMALB 9 C Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 f:~ W led e z. e f 4V h f i n C Y 2-;::- e ~3 t h~_ EFC act i v i t Y C. r3 : Fig. I re q, e n, c 71 g e s e e m t o i S =5 r (F I g . 9 ~ 0) . T h e e in, e g y c~ ri-~ t I- be fore exei-c ---e center in t: h e c a, In 11 .3 t I-a c f o e h _e 3, 6 r e g i c n a n d r i ght, temple (F i 9 . c:-- z- i -~q the ' e f t fo-e he ad recorde d 0 frequency range during exercising a,-ial the pre-exercise right recorded a:,, frequency range power spectrum, the former C t t T h -3 4 wave amplitude during I L I I, I L x. c i n - c c r.- a r P -'I t o t hc, (3 t a a c t i v i tL y wave amp,, i t ude s e b y 2' . ti rrie,~ I n a t i o n h e i- C, I Z-, F_ L,- I- o w t h e F E S a C t i I t Y -=% m 1 -1 t-,, e ~ :, t h ~- en t r e he ad re g , on . 7"he r e v e power specti-om distribution of the a.,:,, frequency range 0 In an l-,, w n t P E J 7, ci r d o r, I n a n r e q u c rn c y j rn P t t. e i- e n c y r an ~ii e s recorded, and the EEG wave a 7 t 0 e i S. be e ve the und~,r the supe rq-,-, i e scent s '-e , E LE d:% r n lioh' drop, and the EEG power e E e 'S a -f i t m e r i 't f u r t he i- re s e a)- c h . z 5 SU u z!; r t he I E I S w e h v o t 5 n. e d. c. o h e r e c e n a e >- e c r e on o e c e r e b r ampl !3 z n I y i n c e -a e s , a 3 h e e n. e r c) iL L h eC e r e 1:) 1- to t~~e fronl- Y o j e C t h e (3 e h t v` c h t- h E en c 6 p o e (-a' I-, e C. p. C_ w e p, L U, -q,,] 4e-cence level , which is use-' to re f I -c+ c h t e ~~t t i oner s able t c e n ate s t I- ti r c, t ho h t - l , above dnaly-Is, we be I leve that A, t e 1- go I rig -t ~~ro ugh 411 C~ 4- -e e to consider r m - L~ -hi in tel of 'he Th.,.? coherence ;-3ex value of each cerebral region. z, Z- e h~ n u mibe- 0 14 EEG re c ord i ng e I e c t r ode s is n, and the EFC3 cohe.-PnCe inde- of each recording electrode posi tion is C(i) n), and suppose that when doing the frequency in alil there are N frequency spectrum 71-1-~_71 we will. conz-'13er the influence of the coherence c e 1, e o h e ~~Cw nN,. Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 T Z r.~ii ; t ud-- -' th-= EEG s J gjn,--~l o f each cerebra'. rec., cn the num1ber o4~ EEG recordno, electrodes 1- n, and the 4- h r e r d e 11 e c t r o d position E7"1,-z sign 1 L the k-th com-'onez-it ocsit ion's power spectral. width i& S,,., i i n, k I N) , thei-i we will consider the f I C f t e E a p 1 ituje on. superquiescen-ce level. to te 2 The ~3) cL~ ~n the EEG dornin-ince frequency. e hC C3. -I-~ n t f re q ue rc y o f the EEG s i 9na I be f ore e n t e i- n g i.~ u i e s C -- ri 1 E t a t e s and the EEG dominant f r en-1-er`r.-.D the s-,,,perquiescent state Js Then we ;Influerice of the ~~'cminant frequency difference C". "r-, be Q,=jd b d Q T i t we wil' al~- ccr-Ic"der "he condtion fy M e o t r t c t e f cr e m ur o + e rn a M - I er J 6.7 th~~ 7,77C i n M~~ -3 a t i c a-y-zis c. , r, : c,=j I 1.7e u 1- o ph yi o 1ogy. 1973:14 ce p 7 T e e P= vc~-, op~- y S 0 109 C, V 3 L-1 C e A T r E, t ; 3 e ~ I c, -c I-- 31 L Coherence of Transcendental Consciousness. T r,, G!- im J c ~irr~ o n and J.T. Farrcw, eds, Scientific Researclh o n T n S c e n d e - t 8 1Mledita.tion Program: Collected Papers, Val. A , - -,Y, MEP", I C-6 . 1L41 La-vine, F.H. et al. EEG Coherence During the Transr-endlental M I a ~; 71 e c; h,,-1 i q u e .In: D.W. Orme-Johnson and J.T. Farrow, edE, lic Pesearch cn the Transcendental Meditation Program: 1 --d 7~ V- 7 'vles t Germany , MEPV., 1976 15 0 r r: J o 1 c t D et al. EEG Phase Coherence, Pure C o ri c, ouFnes-, , Creat i v i ty and TM-S! dh i Experience . Neurosc lence , go Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 T u d "' t y Aln. =_ I y s i s r-' f V1 D u C 1; H'~~ X i e h e n c3 K', o r. g y i e J i a ng 7 n vei- 4- J S u M M a. r y L L. art c' e u e s m,: c d c, r-, o r, - 1 1 r,r ne t i c z t c ana:yze the turbidity of brain wave signals (time series) of I - ;, -c , -.Ejct ce q*,Ccnr~ . The re- u.1 4- al cv- fragrent !:~ ; P -_ 'I.: ,! j :, i Z. - i L ~ -,"I I t r & c: t o r _c' c, f ei-,rain wave s i gna E- h e s Y F t e m ) c -17 t h c s e w ho, B. c t i c e q c r rz~ 9 e ,-, e r a. 1 : y e xs t b u t i n 41- e r m, s c -1 t h e v a 1 u r!m- r- t 1% e r a 'I ri e n. C r. 17, it varies by person. I . In-IL-roduction in re-len+,- Y_~.Br~Z. , we have beci-, s*Lr iving foi- tl-,Ae tea-~,- !,,g, na3e,:e- fci- 41- h e cj c f c + ! o n s 'LE v e c: _3 L; t e d a 1 a 1 e a 1-1 C u n t c f c In I c a 1~ e -2, P e r I m F~ n I: a t i a n a n 3 ,63, a n a y z a t t h e S h a ng h a : C h i ne Se Me d c i n e Re s e a r c h 1, u " e , t- 1 1, wa r 3, ~ n +1 1-~ -_ ZI !-~ e - a i- a, n o n g H o s T~ -a a i- 0 _7e 5; Re cc- r, we 1-~~.ve Iece vea, proie--, fro-'. L I -I' 7~ Ic &, 1 t I-, A n, a- 4- ic- ~vsteT-i~ of m i c r o - Y 4 f unc+ onal state of q i 9 o g F,:~ r thi- proje~-,- L7 e- I r c:nca.!e Im n t~ S & n d d a - p c ew c -,e ;-spec+L of our wo-11 T k i s t 0 '.~, - L A L i h e y e ~E, C. t h eb, i- a w Ei v e p o,,, r s p e L, L gt 'L r h e a' c e rese~-rch + 1 -c - I, Z 0 !-1 1 7; Cj C, 9 Ln g e se c Utj 4E. 4- W a %r e p e c t r u T-., n c ~o a' thc wi-c~ ~.r-C-c, -J, a w \1 e dpcreasec~ CI! 3 1 L n e a aEt e c Y e ~, S e o i- 3e ci~ e =v s e o f lie -~L C t 0. 4 "I 1-i x f wve s c 'I ce l yre !a t e c1 t o the degree -I I L e 1-7 v C r~-, y e f ore V C C 4~ w a v e n d e cm, e a s u r e the e f -17C,, 1 v e.,.e o a q c e nd th e 6e ~;re eo f c- n -II.- e r; ~q q uI e uen c e V- ong p r a, c4l, n9 i nt c; further. N 6. e v e o 1--, ri e r, IL ~~ i n ph y s i c s a r, d n a n - I Inear kinetics prov de L -udy the mult Y J, t h a, e 2: C f mei-hods * a analyze and st n ne 3 r ch::z ra c' er ~ +- , ca and complex systems, in L L +L e c f the bra in wave signals of the subJects who practice t -e G u c u b 4,ed',y one a' the most comp:ey -SIL ms n 7cr this resson, can we use the me+Lhod of turbidity 4 tU 6 y a I- sL-udy br.:iir, wave's-, Can we determine from our . s,~ of i n3exe s f c,- the anal Ys- zI as o f the lunct- i~n-l --t-ate of q;c-,- --r 4 C: I e E, + I d the 3. z, gi r e e o IF e r, t e r i n g qu I e ~~. c e n. c e f 1,1--Z qjle_~ 1~ ~ or. and h--=.S Ca PCs I t i ve ans~,.-E- IL oi tfor the seconds t u q we ~i cl,:~ -D ve r y ce-t s t i c a t e 99 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 TI. Thecretcal Bas`- -1 A L A - W~ cLt:a`n brain wave signal-a from "he skin of the skull of the SUL4e--,~ who Practice qigong. From the surface, the time scr4es of this single variable can only provide rather limitc-1 i r .4 .~ r M a t " On . C.-OMe PeOple, in partlicular, will say that it is -at-her 'Limited to use a "one dimensional" approach to the plroceF~ of a aystem of numerous interwoven variables. In -reality, this I- a al 1 4- i ~,= ser I e s conta ins much r icber inf ormat- i on : i t con he traces of Ell the variables of the dynamics involved; it maker_ i.t 1-CSSIble fcr -eo-le to con-f irim some important c h a r & C 41' C Y I t i C', V k, 11 latetill in a system, which have nothing to do with any model. Ir n e 4- 1 c 5 r-, a I y ze the turbidity of brain wave sig Bis, on f i rs r,,.u:E*tl P:o_ve whether there are fragment attractors exist ing in I -P 4 r C) I 7i V e & ~ , here are 11 attractors, there will be no t b i d t t :D I about second' Y , one musf sol ve for the 4 or d, hen d7=1 , 'he syatem we d ~2 i-~ c. o f t Y) c~ f r ~_~ cj r I-ract W A. I he se I f - ima i ntla I n ng pe r i od osc i I 'I a', ~! on ; whe n d~ we P quasi-period oscillations; only when d A as ain n-compat _e qua--_ I -per i od osc L 1 lat i on, and onl y when d I s 1-1,Ct t f r a ~~ m. e n a t t r a c t o Y s , s e e s c c t i c_ r 1-~, reference 121.), will the system indicate a sensitivity tc~ e I r L I t y Z~ 3 1 t i on a -11 d p a s e s ~,: u n p r e _3 i c t a. b 1. e e , c L C + e Ti-! + C, b e V e- riot bra in wave i9nal. c u r_ e t C:-. iE w h. e 41 A e r c~ r ~_4 t - t , a Z U, r 4 4- V_ -A -F C_ t A L L ~.e 6ttractc,- J1 An t hc- s y E- t e (,z, n a' h i s su L - A ai e t c e 3 a atti-ictOrs) h d 'A rr, e nS I c n c .1 t h e a +1 t r a c t o r c a; n h) e (3 e t e r m i I i e 03 'L If! r o u our olhta 1 ned bra A n wave -t A me ser ie s i s XC)( 4 now introduce a vector Xj' Y '0 t I), XO(tO+r), T d At i -- the a, rn A t.- , gj j s a. p o s 1 t i v e i n t e -.3 e r , an t i Am e no 7(-,2- di 'Eferent j I s, so! vF for th-_ dist-ance between X., 3 1, Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 U,j-1,2V...PN, )91:0 o 1 41---en-1- va' uc- (the value of r j P~ p, c S i t i e r. t e 9e r s c 1- ve oi- r ,vi O(r-ra) C(r) ,.i-I n t -I;-- I, 1- 12 ~7 e a v i s i d e fr u n c t i o n t h a t i S O(X I (X>0) 0 (x <0) (4) i t The ri, e 1 ment c-f the r)on--_7e-- LI(Y-) affecta- ~khe 3eg-ree of d*Latr:.hj'.,-f-1`~_,n of other because of the eyistence of Y_ C(i-) c-~-n '--e considered as the attractoj-'s int-egral t ing the d miens -n d Ll 4 1 o f L C (r) oc r! 15 7 Y:~ -2 Z 4-e t a c t 0 r LI 1 4C, , II I . The Step,-:; in the Experiment Cj We let t~.e sul-jectE sit qu ietly in a screened room, put f r eiect-~;_,~_ o~i 'h, ir the r-,,easured braln w-ve signals are Irom -IL-be screened room into an eight- ent 0-_~t through cal.,Ijes 4 t C C. -, C e i~ z; 1 c ~3 i a r~ E E C: a e r n o , s e f 1 1, e r a -.,, d 4 T- -1 0 a four-tracIrl, tape rer_,order and the Sr~_- -eccrded c t-) the recorder h e an;~ i y pr r n w a v e 5 gn, a 1 s a r e I" - C1 L 19,.nal dato r e e V e r o rii t il I e tape af ter IBMPC & mp' irc., the or, sent ,network into a I T mini-computer to go throu-1-. V y --.-l c t P ,ak__~_ Z- i () 1 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 I V . P e S u, I t s -_ -j" A n a 'L y s ; S 1. Procf ~f the e.,x.1_--1,encc all attractorE Fol I owing the mctKc3 explia ined in Sect ion I I, we plot phase t rs c e r a-m Z o 'L " h e S u L . e c 'L, s ' b i- a, w z v e s T h e d i agr- a 'T, s= h a t tAh e ',r phase trace st i t n a certain area, which ic- I Cabilizes w hi e sub-set of a quadrant; therefore, attractors do exist. This ccncluslon is consistent with the study""." on brain wave ~t . - I -~ Qbloyantz and others; of the sleep phase, done by A. B Lhe shapes of the diagramE are more or less sirilar (see Fig. 2)); n Fg. r--'O; 'he sampling frequency is IOOHz, total time is 20 seccrdz., and the differentiating frequency is 10bit. (Insert- Figs I and 2 n ,:~ . The d 1 me.--- Z~ i on,-D of attractors Fi,:j,. F plots the curve-- of ln4l(rr) and lnr at var;ous times', T f t- Y, e v e i n t I -I e _-7 1 3 cj Z" -~ i - 41, I . - - h e d r~ - on d o f thE shows vhen r, 6, slope d Is unch=n-a'. :s the first sa-,Eui:z~t'crl value 1-2, which is the n o f th~-~ a t tractor for the ccrre zpond Ing brain wave y he ~.- e J = 2 . I C Z F h c v + h ~_- cu r v e S c _' 2! a n d P ; T a.o. e v e 3 t h% e r actual n -zi it':, -~' E a 1 - e _z~ s F, me thcd, we anal vz-ed f o"ur case- S the ir car, I u 4- the same , b,_ the d value Is d" f ferenL c3,me,- fonal d;a9rar,-~,S ol the ~ul-ject~ o t 1. Cl Plotted on VAX-11. X, F 4 RISO~'~ ARISO 1PARTSO _;&B,~fore 9 9 11 9 0 the 10 9 10 9.5 10.5 10 11.5 - 'ME fect H z) A-ter the 9 10 9.5 9.5 9.5 9 8.5 9.5 9 ECfect 1 A- L Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 CHI tKe A CR3 UK4 aeotv (POUE CHI a 9 10 11 IZ HS CH3 C-1 (POWE 'I CH2 ka CH4 CT-UALUIE) - ------ CHI 9 10 .1 12 HA 10 it 12 K. C Diagram Testee iia XX's Array of compressed EEG Power Spectrum, Diagram of Average Power Spectrum, and Diagram of T-Test Under the Effect of the Emitted Qi Released by Qigong Master Wu XX CH I is 019 CH 2 is F P11 CH 3 is 0 V CH 4 is F P2 202 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 T3 C2 F.. JL_ 01 0, Ts C C., F0 1. Diagram 2 Testee Peng XX's EEG Power Spectrum in Mean Square Roots After.Being Affected by the Emitted Qi Released by Qigong Master A Self-contrast before the effect. B Two minutes after the effect. C Three minutes after the effect. (The emitted qi-releasing qigong master: Wu XX) 203 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 C3 A T3 -VPI < POLM; (POWEO Ot Ts 9 10 11 12 No 6 9 10 11 12 NX FPS C3 Ci TS - --- - ------- .9 1e , 11 12 maa.4 15 11 Iz P. --------------------- Diagram -3 Testee Feng XX's Array of Compressed EEG Power Spectrum, Diagram of Average Power Spectrum, and Diagram of T-Test Under the Effect of the Emitted Qi Released by Qigong Master Lu XX 204 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 ICPOLtF J#^6 14 CKZ s 9 10 11 12 H& CH3 CH4 a 9 i0 11 12 H& -CH3 - C, CT-VALL 18 IL I z Oa 9 13 LL 12 He Diagram 4 The Array of the EEG Compressed Power Specturm, the Diagram of the Average Power Spectrum, and the Diagram of T-Test Under the Effect of Subsonic Sound of 1OHz, 90dB 205 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 THE INFLUENCE OF EMITTED QI ON THE AUDITORY BRAINSTEM EVOKED RESPONSES AND AUDITORY MIDDLE LATENCY EVOKED RESPONSES IN THE CAT [Liu, Guolong; and Wang, Pei (Beijing Institute of Traditioral Chinese Medicine; Peng, Xueyan (Beijing Institute of Acupuncture); and Zhong Xuelong (Tangshan Institute of Woman and Child Care)] In China, using the emitted qi released by qigong master for health care and medical treatment has a long history. Many scientist at home and abroad are focusing their attention to this practice because it produces certain Wenigmatic" effects. In the article of "Anthroposomatology Is a Large Department in the System of Modern Sciences," Prof. Qiang Xuesen explicitly points out that qigong is an important substance of anthroposomatology(l]. To the study of qigong mechanism with modern scientific techniques, his words are of guiding significance which we should not ignore. There has been a great deal of reporting in China and foreign countries on the biological effect of qi when it is in the intrinsic power state, particularly the effect on the central nerve system into which this laboratory has probed[2-151, but the study on emitted qi remains in the starting stage as of today. Questions concerning emitted qi, such as whether it does exist and have materiality, what it is, how it is generated, whether it can be taken by human body to produce biological effect, all need to be answered. In recent years, many scientists in China have done considerable scientific study on emitted qi's physical effects and vigorously proven its materiality. The fact that it can change the birefringence of liquid crystal~141, the structures of water, normal saline and glucose solution[151, and the structure of fat layer[161 has confirmed its objective effect at the molecule level, and it functioning at the cell level has attested its biologidal effect[17, 18, 191. By applying the analytic methqd to the array of EEG spontaneous potential power spectrum and the evoked potential of cortex, this laboratory has observed the effect of emitted qi on the central nerve system[10, 11, 131 and provided the basis for further experiemental study on this issue. All past researches on the biological effect of emitted qi using human body as the object of experiment have failed to eliminate the influence of psychological factors because the testee's psychological activity is closely related to his spontaneous EEG potential and evoked potential no matter which one is taken for analysis. We all know that the effect of qigong itself cannot be free of psychological effect, but we cannot interpret it solely as a psychological effect, either. In a previous experiment conducted by this laboratory to eliminate the effect caused by psychological factors, we observed a rabbit with electrodes placed on it, and found that emitted qi indeed affected the spontaneous EEG potential in it when it was not anesthetized. In this experiment, we took anesthetized cat as the object to monitor how emitted qi influenced its auditory brainstem evoked responses (ABER) and auditory middle latency evoked responses (MLR), and confirmed that it did have an objective effect on the cat's central nerve system functioning mainly above the midbrain level in two forms, namely, the facilitating effect and the inhibiting effect. The findings are of vital significance for explaining how emitted qi regulates organic functions and treats diseases. 206 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 I. Method The cat, weighing 2.5-3.5kg, was anesthetized with chloralose at the ratio of 80mg to each kg of its weight and fixed on a stereolocator in an electrical shielding room by hollow ear bars through which sound was led for stimulation. It was kept warm in a 380C thermostatic water mattress, and its ABER and MLR were evoked by 100 ms-wide short sound waves. The recorder was Neuropack-II MEB-5100, a potential evoking system which automatically processes data and feeds sound of a 70-9OdB intensity into the animal's both ears. During the recording of ABER, the band-pass frequency was 100-3kHz, the real scan period 10 ms, the number of superimposition 256 times, and the superimposed frequency 1OHz; during the recording of MLR, the band-pass frequency was 5-lkHz, the real scan period 50 ms, the number of superimposition 256 times, and the frequency of superimposition 5Hz. The recording to determine each evoked response was repeated 2-4 times until the curves became completely overlapped. In this experiment, the curves in all recordings had a good resettability, especially those of ABER which were quite stable. The normal number of superimposition for the recording of ABER should be more than 1,024 times so that all waves are clearly visible; however, due to the limited time of releasing emitted qi in this experiment, we reduced it to 256 times. Except Waves I and VII, all waves had a rather high rate of occurrence. Normal ABER is composed of 5-7 waves. Each wave's amplitude is determined by its swing which is obtained from the trough of a wave and the peak of the next wave, and its latency is reached by the latency of its peak. Both are automatically tested and processed by the instruments, and the data are input to computers for computing the mean value, standard deviation and T-check. The results of the phy'sical effect test of emitted qi taken by the qigong master in this experiment confirmed him to be strong in the effect and very experienced in clinical treatment. When using emitted qi for induction, he could cause body movement on the testee. II. Results 1. Of the 12 sample recordings of the cat's ABER under the effect of emitted qi, two show distinct inhibiting effect, and the other ten all have an increase of ABER in various degrees, indicating the facilitating effect. To cope with the qigong master's time of releasing emitted qi, the number of superimposition is reduced from more than 1,024 times to 256 times. We do not include waves I and VI, originating from the auditory nerve and the auditory radiation at the lower thalamus, respectively, in the calculation because their rate of occurrence is below 20 percent. The rate of occurrence of Wave II is 50 percent, Wave 111 60 percent, Wave IV 70 percent, and Waves V and VI 100 percent. A normal cat's ABER is composed of 5-7 waves. The mean value of all wave amplitudes and all peak latencies recorded in this experiment basically agree with those recorded in other documents. The wave amplitude of a normal man's ABER is about 0.4-1.0 14V, higher than that of the cat's ABER which is about 1-3 AV. The peak latencies of a normal man's ABER are 1.5 ms for wave 1, 3.0 ms for Wave 11, 4.1 ms for Wave 111, 5.0 ms for Wave Approved For Release 2000/08110 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 IV, 6.5 ms for Wave V, 7.2 ms for Wave VI, and 8.3 ms for wave VII. The peak latencies of the cat's ABER have a larger individual deviation, about 0.5-1.5 ms shorter than those of a man's ABER[20F 211. Of the corresponding peak latencies in all 10 sample recordings of the cat's ABER in this experiment, the mean value is 2.2 ms for Wave 11, 2.97 ms for Wave 111, 3.7 ms for Wave IV, 4.6 ms for Wave V, and 3.98 ms for Wave VI. 2. In the 10 sample recordings of ABER, all waves rise variably after being affected by emitted qi. The rise of Waves II and III are statistically insignificant. Wave IV rises by 30 percent, p 0.05, Wave V by 30 percent, p 0.01, and Wave VI by 33 percent, p 0.05, all distinct as shown in Chart 1. The facilitating effect of brainstem is mainly seen between Waves IV through VI, or at the midbrain level, as shown in Diagram 1. It is most outstandingly exemplified by the 45-percent rise of Wave IV from 0.78 uV to 1.4 uV, the 54-percent rise of Wave V from 1.95 uV to 4.21 uV, and the 57-percent rise of Wave VI from 2.34 uV to 5.39 uV. 3. The change of the peak latency under the effect of emitted qi is quite interesting. In all the sample recordings, it extends variably along with the rise of the wave amplitude, and during the restoring period it keeps doing so while the wave amplitude is gradually returning to the contrast level. The peak latency of Wave IV extends from 3.69 ms to 3.77 ms and is 4.06 ms during the restoring period, p < 0.05; of Wave V, from 4.61 ms to 4.74 ms and 5.09 ms during the restoring period, p < 0.05 and 0.01; and of Wave VI, from 5.98 ms; to 6. 14 ms and is 6.80 ms during the restoring period, p < 0.05 and 0.01. We can see that the higher degree of facilitation the wave amplitude goes, the more distinctly the peak latency extends, indicating that they are closely related to each other. 4. In two of the 12 sample recordings, the -cat's ABER shows noticeable inhibition, see Chart 2 and Diagram 2. The wave amplitude is obviously lowering along with the exeending of the peak latency. After being under the effect of emitted qi, the inhibiting effect stays for a relatively long time as it still is visible after 30 minutes and does not return to the contrast level until one and one half hours later. Its duration is much longer than that of the.facilitating effect in the other 10 sample recordings. In one of the two recordings, the wave amplitude does not lower very distinctly, but the wave latency extends quite obviously. 5. The composition of the cat's MLR occurring between 10 ms and 50 ms is primary evoked responses of cortex whose normal latency is at an average of 17-25 ms. The latency determined in this experiment agrees with that recorded in other documents~221. Under the effect of emitted qi, this composition has a rather sensitive influence, and causes the wave amplitude in all 12 sample recordings to change. The change has two forms, one is rising and the other lowering, each seen in six sample recordings, indicating that it can produce an effect which is facilitating as well as inhibiting. The two sample recordings of the inhibiting effect also show an inhibition of ABER. The latency in the team tested on the facilitating effect does not have an obvious change, but in the team tested on the inhibiting effect, not only does the wave amplitude lower, the latency also shortens. In the former team, the wave amplitude rises from 5.49 /1V to 7.03/aV, or 22 percent, p < 0.05, and Approved For Release 2000/08/10 ~'61A-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 one sample recording shows the rise from 4.06/uV to 7.65 py, about 47 percent. In the latter team, the wave amplitude lowers from 6.49 pV to 5.25 vV, about 20 percent, p --- 0.05. Most noteworthy is that while the wave amplitude is lowering, the latency shows an obvious shortening, from 26.6 ms to 23.1 ms, p <0.05, as shown in Chart 3 and Diagram 3. III. Discussion 1. Many experimental studies have been done on how the wave of the cat's ABER are formed~20, 21, 22, 231. The conclusions, though different, are generally identical. The ABER recorded on its scalp is far field potential which is the potential change recorded with the aid of volume conductor at separated locations. Its waves are slightly different in shape because the electrodes for the recording are placed at various spots; besides, the cat's ABER shows comparatively larger individual deviations in the wave latencies. Usually, 5-7 waves can be clearly recorded with a stimulation of sufficient strength and 1,204 times of superimposition. To make the observation of the facilitating and inhibiting effects an easy job, we used a 70-80dB stimulation and superimposed 256 times in this experiment. The causes of the formation of the cat's ABER waves are confirmed by the method of correspondingly directiny destruction into its nerve system or auditory nerve nucleome. Sohmer[24 and BuchwardE233 have been confirmed Wave I to be a far field potential of the auditory nerve's action potential and wave II an electrical activity of the bilateral cochlar nucleus. These two waves might represent the central activity at the mudullery bulb level. The interpretations of Wave III are not unanimous. In human body, it is known to be generated by the activity of the nucleus of lateral horseshoe series, but many researchers advocate that in cat it is caused by the electrical activity of the superior oliva1251 because it may disappear when the superior oliva is destroyed; thus, it is equivalent to the electrical activity at the pons level. Wave IV is known to be generated by the electrical activity of the bilateral inferior colliculus which is equivalent to the electrical activity at the midbrain level. There still is divergence of opinion about how Wave V is formed. Some people believe it is a result of the electrical activity of the bilateral inferior colliculus caused by the mutual transmission between left and right inferior colliculuses because when the sound is stimulating one side and destroying the bilateral inferior colliculus Wave IV still exists but Wave V disappearsE261, but others think that Wave V is possibly an activity of the lateral geniculate body's potential. No final conclusion has yet been reached on how Waves VI and VII in the cat's ABER are formed. However, since it is known to us that Waves I through V continue to stay and Waves VI and VII disappear after the brain ceases its function at the superior colliculus level, we guess that Waves VI and VII are above the midbrain level, equivalent to the electrical activity at the lower part of the thalamus. 2. Emitted qi obviously facilitates the cat's ABER as a certain degree of facilitation is found in all 10 sample recordings. It is most distinct in Waves IV, V and VI and not really noticeable in Waves II and III even though a slight rise is found in their amplitudes. This phenomenon explains that facilitation occurs mainly at the midbrain level instead of enhancing from the bottom to the top, and confirms that emitted qi has a selected function above the midbrain level. In three sample recordings, the facilitating effect is also found in Wave VII which is the wave denoting the appearance of 209 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 responses at the hypothalamus level. In the cat's ABER, Waves IV and VI indicate the activity at the midbrain level, and Waves VI and VII the activity above the midbrain level, mainly at the hypothalamus level. This fact is of vital significance for further explaining that the function of emitted qi can cause synchronization of the alpha rhythm in EEG and the expansion of the alpha power spectrum[101. It is known that the synchronized electrical activity of EEG is the consolidated potential of EPSP and IPSP at the parietal dentrite of cortex caused by the oscillation in the circuit of nerons at the hypothalamus level through the synchronizing network of neurons also at the hypothalamus level; hence, emitted qi possibly impact on EEG through the facilitating effect at the hypothalamus level. On the other hand, emitted qi facilitating at the brainstem level might also be the reason why it can affect the activities of internal organs because the regulating center for those activities is mainly located at the hypothalamus and the brainstem. 3. Although it is still difficult to explain how the effect of emitted qi influences the peak latencies of all ABER waves, the changes are quite noteworthy. It is known that when its intensity is enhanced, the stimulation not only causes all wave amplitudes to rise to a certain extent but also correspondingly shortens all wave latencies. Under the effect of emitted qi, except Waves II and III which show no obvious change in their amplitudes and latencies, Waves IV, V and VII are correspondingly extending their latencies while the amplitudes are expanding and keep doing so during the restoring period. The expanding of all ABER amplitudes means the heightening of the level of the synchronized activity of the related cells in the central nucleome, and the peak latency between the waves represents the transmission speed between the related neural nucleomes. Obviously, emitted qi has the function of heightening the level of the activity of neural cells and lowering the transmission sped between nerons, which might be helpful for us to explain that the effect of emitted qi causes low-frequency, synchronized activity to occur. It is not uncommon to find such a disagreement between the changes of wave amplitudes and latencies in the central nerve system. For example, when man is in states I and II of sleep, the amplitude of all slow auditory cortex responses having a 200-ms latency shows a double rise, and the latency extends obviously [273. The disagreement between the changes of amplitudes and of latencies and the significance of the mechanism need to be further probed. 4. Waves IV, V and VI in two sample recordings of the cat's ABER show a noticeable inhibition coupled with an obvious extension of the latency when affected by the effect of emitted qi. Although they are the only two cases found in the 12 sample recordings, the changes are quite obvious. This experiment has-the attempt of trying to probe the wstimulating' effect and winhibiting" effect of the qigong master's idea at the time of releasing emitted qi. Of the five tests on his idea's "stimulatingw effect, only two show the inhibiting effect, while the other three still have the facilitating effect. Although the qi9ong master's subjective idea and the objective results are not completely identical, we can at least confirm that emitted qi has a bidirectional effect on the central nerve system, that is, emitted qi is proven to have the ability not only to facilitate but also to produce the inhibiting effect. Evidently, this fact is of vital significance for explaining emitted qi1s mechanism of regulating organic systems. Of course, we cannot eliminate the deviations in animal's individual responses. The .?l A Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 results of this experiment have provided the experimental basis for us to further study the effect of qigong master's widea," which is the topic of this laboratory's next research. 5. Auditory evoked responses are classified into three categories in accordance with their latencies: responses having a short latency of less than 10 ms (ABER); responses having a middle latency of 10-50 ms, and responses having a long latency of 50-300 ms, also known as slow vertex responses (SVR). The latency of the cat's MLR is about 17-25 ms. MLR are the activity of potential caused to occur by the lateral geniculate body of the hypothalamus and by the auditory radiation when reaching the primary auditory cortex, and they are the primary composition of the evoked potential and represent the auditory cortex in the activated stateJ28J. The surge of potential of the cat's auditory middle latency evoked responses is a slow surge of negative potential which is called A wave[291. In regard to the influence of emitted qi on the cat's MLR, one half of the 12 sample recordings show the facilitating effect and the other six the inhibiting effect, indicating that emitted qi also produces bidirectional effect on the cortex. Two of the six sample recordings of the inhibiting effect show the same inhibiting effect in ABER, but it is not fully identical to the result produced by the qigong master using the method of 'inhibiting" power. Even though his subjective "idea" and the objective effects are not in total agreement, emitted qi is confirmed to be able to facilitate and inhibit the activity of the cortex. we, however, still cannot determine whether this ability is totally caused by the difference of emitted qi's effect or by the deviation of animal's individual responses, or is a mixture of subjective "idea" and objective effects, but we have at least pointed out to the researchers the possibility of using animal as the object of experiment to further study the different effects in emitted.qils mechanism. There is a similarity between this phenomenon and the results of our experimental study on normal human's evoked re,sponses under the effect of emitted qi[91. 6. In this experiment, we for the first time used anesthetized animal to prove the objective effects of emitted qi on the central nerve system, from the brainstem to the brain cortex, thus confirming that the biological effect on human body caused by emitted qi is not totally psychological in nature. In the meantime, we have provided the basis for researchers to use animal as the object of experiment to further study the mechanism of emitted qi1s central effects and the effects produced by qigong master using different power methods, and have pointed out the objective norm of the study on the effect of qigong master's subjective 'idea." Brief Conclusion This experimental study has proven that emitted qi has distinct influence on ABER and MLR in anesthetized animal and presents its function in two forms: the facilitating effect and the inhibiting effect, and that it can directly function at the midbrain level and change its activity by facilitating and inhibiting. Not only does this fact explains the objective existence of the effect of emitted qi, it also shows that its impact on the central nerve system in hunan body, especially on the cortex of brain, is not totally a 211 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 psychological effect. In the meantime, it points out the objective norm of future studies on the functions of a subjective factor, that is, the mechanism of emoitted qi's central effect and the different power methods adopted by qigong master. BIBILOGRAPHY [11 Qiang, Xuesen and Chen, Xing Anthroposomatology Is a Large Department in the System of Modern Sciences [21 Lui, Guolong; Cui, Rongqing; and Li, Guozhang Neural Mechanisms of Qigong State: An Experiemental Study by the Method~ of Auditory Evoked Responses, Journal of Traditional Chinese Medicine, 7 (2), 1987, pp 123-126 [31 Cui, Rongqing and Liu, Guolong The Influence of Qigong State On Auditory Middle Latency Evoked Responses, an Essay of the First Academic Forum of China Institute of Qigong Science, 1987 [41 Cui, Rongqing and Liu, Guolong The Influence of Qigong State on Visual Flash Evoked Potential, same as above [51 Cui, Rongqing and Liu, Guolong The Influence of Qigong State on Visual Pattern Evoked Potential, same as above [61 Cui, Rongqing and Liu, Guolong The Influence of Qigong State on electrocochleoqram, same as above [71 Cui, Rongqing and Liu, Guolong The Influence of Qigong State on Posterior Au.ricQIar Potential, same as above [81 Cui, Rongqing and Liu,' Guolong The Influence of Qigong State on Auditory Brainstem Evoked Responses, same as above 191 Peng, Xueyan and Liu, Guolong The Influence of Qigong State on Body-Sensory Evoked Responses and Spinal Cord Evoked Potential, same as above [101 Niu, Xin and Liu, Guolong EEG Analysis on the Effect of Emitted Qi During )igong State, same as above [111 Niu, Xin and Liu, Guolong Analysis on EEG Power Spectrum of Qigong Master During the Stationary and Power-Releasing States, same as above [121 Peng , Xueyan and Liu, Guolong The Influence of Emitted Qi and of Subsonic Sound on Normal Man's Body-Sensory Evoked Responses and Slow Auditory Evoked Responses, same as above 113] Liu, Guolong; Cui, Rongqing; Niu, Xin; and Peng, Xueyan The Experimental Study on the Neural Mechanism of Qigong States and the Effect of Emitted Qi, an Essay of the Academic Forum of the Institute of Medical Qigong Science of National Society of Traditional Chinese Medicine, 1987 212 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000108110 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 [143 Lu, Zuying The Influence of the Emitted Qi Released by Qigong master on the Birefringence of Liquid Crystal, an Essay of the First Academic Forum of China Institute of Qigong Science, 1987 (151 Li, Shengping; Yu, Yuan; Li, Baike; Lu, Zuying; and Yan, Xin The Influence of the Emitted Qi Released by Qigong Master on the Structures of Water, Saline and Glucose Solution, same as above [161 Zhao, Nanming; Yin, Changcheng; Lu, Zuying; Li, Shengping; and Yan, Xin The Influence of Emitted Qi on Fat Layer and Liquid Crystal, same as above (171 Feng, Lida Nature Magazine, 5:9 1982, p 658 (181 Feng, Lida Nature fMagazine, 5:3 1982, p 163 [191 Li, Caixi; Liu, Zhiyun; Jin, Long; Zhao, Guang; Zhang, Yu; Lu, Guangjun; and Zhang, Guoxi 'The Experimental Study on the Emitted Qi Released by Qigong Master, same as above (201 Ichika,,,;a, Ginichiro The Causes of the Formation of Auditory Brainstem Evoked Responses, Progress of Nerves, Vol 23, Issue 2, 1979 [211 Huang, C. M. and Buchward, J. S. Factors That Affect the Amplitude and Latencies of the Vertex Short Latencies Acoustic Responses in the Cat, Electroenceph. Clin. Neurophysiol., 44, 1978, pp 179-186 [221 Buchward, J. S.; Hinman, C.; Norman, R. J.; Huang, C. M.; and Brown, K. A. Middle and Long-latency Auditory Evoked Responses Recorded From the Vertex of "Normial and Chronically Lesioned Cats, Brain Research, 205, 1981, Pp 91-109 [231 Buchward, J. S. and Huang, Chi-Ming Far Field Acoustic Responses: Origins in Cat, Science, 189, 1975,' pp 382-384 [241 Sohmef, H. and Feinmesser, M. Electrocochleography in Clinical Au~3ioloqicai Diagnosis, Arch. Phrenheilk, 206, 1974, pp 91-102 [251 Huang, Zhenglonq The Change in BSR Caused by Destruction of the Superior Oliva, Au~ioloqy Japan, 20, 1977, pp 733-737 [261 An~3o, Ichiro The Change in BSR Caused by Destruction of the Inferior. Colliculus, Aidiology Japan, 20, 1977, pp 210-220 [271 'Elliot, D.; Weitzman, M. D.; and Howard Kremen, M. D. Auditory Evoked Responses During Different States of Sleep in Man, Electroenceph. Clin. Neurophysiol., 18, 1965, pp 65-70 [281 Yamada, Shu and Suzuki, Junichi Clinical Application of Auditory Evoked Responses, Particularly Auditory Brainstem Evoked Responses, Clinical Examination, Vol. 25, No. 11, 1981, pp 1267-1275 [29] Kaga, X. etc. Evidence for a Primary Cortical origin of a Middle Latency Auditory Evoked Potential in Cats, Electroenceph. Clin. Neurophysiol., 50, 1980, p 254 213 Approved For Release. 2000108110 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 V --J1AV 1nis V I IV r V1 V, B C 6:=~~ Diagram I Facilitating Effect of A-BER A - Contrast Diagram 2 Inhibting Effect of ABER B - During the Effect of Emitted Qi C - After the Effect of Emitted Qi 259V _J511V 50S 2. 511V ~2,1 Diagram 3 The Influence of Emitted Qi on MLR A Contrast B During the Effect of Emitted Qi C - After the Effect of Emitted Qi Left Right I L 4440p WOI~i6: ClA4bP46-bQ79-2ROO0200270001-6 Approved Y* q, § 214 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Chart 1 "=.!6 IV V la U-7 n-10 "-10 A L A L A L . L A L I A B 0.712.20 0.892.971.233.692.70 4.611.825.98 D 0.902.17 1.223.0 1 3.77'2.90**4.74*2.70'16.14* .870 A 0.812.34 0.893.291.084 2. 5.09001.72 .06*30 P<0.06 *P0.05 Y Group 4 No iven 2506 107 4.27 on Qi g g g Group I Qigong2492 139 5.58 9.24p<0.01 Damage given 3 times Tests Group 2 No 2498 84 3.76 Qigong given It is shown in the table that in the external Qi protection test, chromosomes were protected with external Qi bef ore being treated with the poison reagent. The appearing rates of micronucleus obviously decreased. There is a big dif- ference in appearing rates between this group and the com- parison group (p<0.01). Therefore we conclude that external Qi obviously has a protecting effect on the chromosomes. In group two, the chromosomes were given protection by external Qi while being treated with the poison reagent. There was also an obvious difference in the appearing rate of the ricronuclei between this group and the comparison group (p<0.05). It was shown that there is a protective effect given by external Qi on the chromosomes. In group three, the chromosomes were given protection with external Qi after being treated with the poison reagent. There was no obvious difference between this group and the comparison group. In the external Qi destruction test, there was an obvious difference in the appearing rates of the micronuclei between the groups treated by the poison reagent and the group without poison treatment (p<0.01). Therefore, it is proven that external Qi has an obvious destructive effect on chromosomes. 2. Discussion It is proven in our tests that external Qi has obvious bi- directional effects on the chromosomes of Tradescantic Paludosa. It not only has a protective effect, but also a destructive effect. These bi-directional effects of exter- nal Qi were produced by Qigong generators with controlled thoughts. Therefore, it may be said that the nature of ex- ternal Qi is informative. The effective directions of ex- Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 231 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 ternal Qi and the directions of the thoughts of Qigong gen- erators are consistent. It was shown in our tests that external Qi had obvious protective effects on genetic matters before or while being treated with a poison reagent. The protective effect was not as good after the poison treatment. This indicates that Qigong can be used in health protection as well as in curing disease. The principle of prevention and early treatment should be given special attention when Qigong is used in prevention and cure of cancer along with chemical and radia- tion treatments. In the Tradescantic Paludosa technique, the appearing rate of the tetrads is used as the monitoring index. The high or low appearing rate of micronuclei to a certain extent can reflect the intensity of the affecting factors. Therefore, the fixed quantity of this technique can be used to measure the amount of external Qi generated by Qigong generators. A method of biological measurement can thus be established. References Ill Li Cai Xi, et.al., "The Study of External Qi of Qigong,11 Chinese QiGong, 1987, No. 1, pp. 2-4. (2) Chang Zugi, "Effects of External Qi on the Flowing of Black Aquatic Plant Cells," Chinese Qigong, 1988, No. 1, p. 3. (3] Li Zhao Hui,, et.al., "Effects of External Qi on the Growth of Monkey Head Bacteria," Journal of Shan Dong Oceanography Institute, 1988, IX, No. 2, pp. 51-53. (4] Feng Lida, et.al., "Probe of External Qi Immunity," Chinese Qigong, 1983, No. 1, pp. 36-41. [5) Ma De Xiu, "Monitoring Method of Tradescantic Paludosa on Environmental Pollution," Journal of Shan Dong Oceanography Institute, 1981, XI, No. 2, p. 65. [6) Ma De Xiu, Fang Zhongxi, et.al., "Using the Tradescan- tic Paludosa Technique in Biological Determination of Air and Water Pollution caused by commonly used Agricultural and Chemical Industry Area of Qing Dao, Journal of Shan Dong Oceanography Institute, 1982, XII, No. 2. 232 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Visualization Study of Effects of External Qi Luo Minghui, Yan Mingshan, Ma Wenju (Institute of Mechanics Chinese Academy of Sciences) Summary This article describes the visualization of the external Qi field from the body by using the technique of flow display. This illustrates for the first time external Qi phenomenon that can not be observed directly by human eyes or by any other perceptive sense. It also presents a flowing pattern of the external Qi f ield of the human hand. The article first describes the basic theory of the visualization nethod. It gives an overall layout of the experiment. At the end it analyzes observation results from external Qi emitted by Qigong generators. The existence and effects of external Qi can be observed clearly from the figures in this article. Thus, it provides us with a basis for the study of Qigong's mechanism. Introduction With formation of "Qigong heat" waves, studies of Qigong's mechanism have increased. In recent years, scientists coor- dinating with Qigong masters have probed external Qi infor- nation from the body from different angles. It is felt that the external Qi field has infrared radiation, electrostatic, low frequency magnetic, infrasonic sound, biophysic, and biochemical effects. It is also felt that external Qi is a substance field as well'as biological energy field. Emission of external Qi cat give a receiver's body hot, cool, tin- gling, swelling, sore, bug-crawling sensations as well as electric shocks. There have been many articles reporting the cases of cure of diseases with external Qi treatment. For instance, some incredible curative effects been gained on diseases such as cancer. However, it is felt by some people that there is not enough basis for the substantial qualities of external Qi. So-called external Qi is only increased amounts of blood in certain parts of the Qigong generator's body which causes changes of the so called "heat". Under such circumstances, even with the existence of other sub- stances, the amount is not enough to produce any specific effects. Besides the measuring studies described above concerning the probe of external Qi1s mechanism, the question remains as to whether we can change invisible phenomenon into visible. That is to say, to make it possible for people to "see" the external Qi phenomenon. The question of visualizing the ex- ternal Qi field also remains. To visualize the external Qi field is to show all information of the affecting Qigong field in a way perceptable through senses using specific methods and special equipment. This technique is known as Qigong visualization. The picture resulting from Qigong Approved For Release 2009N8/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 visualization can help us know the properties of Qigong. It also helps us to establish mathematical models for the study of Qigong field theory and to make simulated models of ex- ternal Qi to help cure human diseases. Since 1979, we have been observing external Qi emitted by Qigong masters from Shanghai, Beijing and Xian. We have also videotaped what we have observed of the external Qi field. I. Basic Theory Until today, the properties of external Qi have not been known completely. Information can not be gathered com- pletely by measuring techniques in use at present. A dif- ficult problem for scientific researchers remains to make the results include most of the information gathered from the external Qi field. In order to probe into the external Qi field problem. We first visualized the flow of the ex- ternal Q1 field from a hydro-kinetic point of view. Our patients were given treatment in a non-contact situation since Qigong doctors can emit external Qi at a distance. It can be inferred that there is "flow of external QVI from the point of the Qigong doctor. Therefore there is an inferred flow field existing between the Qigong doctor and the patient. We can use the optics method to visualize it. It is well known that as a light ray goes through a density changing medium field, its direction changes due to refrac- tion. An angle of deviation is formed between the original light ray and the' refracted light ray. The size of the angle has a bearing on the refractive index. Their formula for their relationship is; On- d. dz ay In the formula, E is the refractive angle, n is the refrac- tive index of the medium, and z is the original uninter- rupted direction of the light ray. If we take n(zero) as the refractive index of the air medium around the interfering area, and n as the medium refractive index inside the interfering area, then we can rewrite the above formula as follows: L n, ax L ay Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 234 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 According to this, we can design a group of layer-like light ray pictures. According to the above formula, we can get a light route picture with light reflection equipment shown below. Light Source (a x b) P Image a' X bf I P Image Figure I Imaging Equipment Illustration The deviation of the original light causes a relative posi- tion shift of the illuminated picture at the focal plane, K. At this point, if we use a knife to block part of the light at K, then the illumination on the screen Q changes. Thus, we can give a picture image P on the screen. II. Experimental Distribution All light reflection equipment used was of the 640-A type. The optical system is shown in Figure 2. The light source from S became parallel light rays after passing through reflecting mirror,X, which then passed through the testing area L and was projected on another reflecting mirror X2. The reflected light rays focused on the edge of a knife K. They were then video taped. The hand of a Qigong master was placed in the test area. While he was emitting external Qi, the process was recorded by a video camera. The beam passing bore of the equipment was 292 mm. Focal distance of the lens was 3m. Sensitivity of the equipment .-was 1/100 (illumination change) . Sen- sitivity of the refractive deviation angle was 0.7 x 10-6 rad. Concave Mirror Light Source IK camera, Figure 2. 640-A light image equipment system Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 235 Approved For Release 2000108/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 III. Results and Discussion Typical visualization of an external Qi field from a Qigong master is shown in Figures 1 - 5. From these Figures, we see clearly that the external Qi emitted by the Qigong master grows from nothing (weak to strong). At first, there was only a small disturbance in the medium field around the finger tip (shown in Figure 1), then the disturbance of the external Qi spread out forward (see Figures 2 and 3) until the climax of the emission (Fig-ures 4 and 5). The external then Qi stopped. It was found from this experiment that the lengths of time needed to emit external Qi from each Qigong master differed. For some Qigong masters, it lasted only one to two minutes. Some Qigong masters however, could con- tinuously emit external Qi for long periods. It can be seen from the images taken that while external Qi was disturbing the air medium around it, it appeared as billowing smoke from a chimney, which formed an air flow affect on the patient's body. For comparison, a grain image picture of a normal person's palm is shown in Figure 6. Even though the density of the medium field around the fingers showed some changes, there was no directional movement and the value was small. Figure 3 E_,periment photographs j Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 236 Approved For Release 2000108110: CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 In conclusion: I. An external Qi field can be illustrated by using the op- tical method to visualize the hydro-dynamic information in the external Qi field. The results of the pro-ess of Qigong emissions by Qigong masters can be recorded by video cameras. 2. The results of visualization clearly show the existence of an external Qi field. It can affect the density of the surrounding air medium field. 3. Not all external Qi information emitted by Qigong masters observed was recordable. Even though some Qigong masters can emit external Qi, there were no obvious dif- ference between the grain image figures of the hands of these Qigong masters and ordinary hands. This tells us that there are different types of external Qi from different Qigong masters. This may be one of the reasons why different Qigong masters can cure different types of diseases. References (1] Gu Hanshen, etc., Nature Magazine, No. 1, 1978. (23 Gu Qio, Qigong and Science, No. 9, 1985. [33 Wu Huawen, Qigong and Science, No. 3, 1983. [4] Qinghua University, Chinese Qigong, No. 3, 1987. [53 He Qingnian, Nature Magazine, No. 3, 1980. (63 Jing Jincheng, Qigong and Science, No. 5, 1984. (73 Luo Minghui, "Techniques of Flow Visualization," Shan- ghai Mechanics Institute, 1987. 237 Approved For Release 2000108110 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Research on Electromagnetic wave Radiation of the Human Body Wang Yiyun, (Beijing University of science and Technology) video camera. ; Zhen Liandal (Physics Department, Beijing University of Technology) Summary our analysis shows that electromagnetic waves from the body can be produced using forceps to touch a small piece of me- tal. The frequency band of the electromagnetic waves ranges from 0.1 MH2 to 300 MH2 when measured by_e high_~requency multi-voltmeter with a voltage input of 10 to 10 V. The frequency cycle seems complicated at the lower frequencies. I. Introduction The phenomenon of electromagnetic waves emitted by humans has been reported previously. In the 19601s, it was reported at the Radio Technician's Conference that humans can emit radio waves at a frequency of 150 KHz. It was presumed that higher frequency radio waves can be emitted by humans. In the 19801s, the intensity of some radio waves from a small distance or on the surface of the human body was recoided in experiments conducted by the Russian Science Academy. An American scientist also found that cells emit weak electric waves. On the other hand, radio waves can be felt by humans. In an experiment done in 1960, a vibrator with only an energy flow of a few milliwatts was used a few feet away from the person being tested to emit electromag- netic waves ranging from 300 to 600 KHz. The person being tested could feel his brain pulsating, his ears ringing and agitation when the electromagnetic waves were between 380 to 500 KHz. There have been cases observed where people could hear the pulse signals from radio microwaves. There also was a case where a person interfered with pictures on a television screen while emitting Qigong. Electromagnetic waves are produced when the speed of electric charge movements change. Sodium and other metal ions exist in human blood. Formation of organisms is asym- metrical and absorbencies differ. Therefore, it is not un- usual that human bodies emit electromagnetic waves. The problem is that these electrowagnetic waves are so weak that they have to be increased 10 times to be felt. (See foot- note 1). -------------------- 1. Psi was studied by Russians with physical and chemical- methods, May 25, 1987, Reference News. Approved For Release 2000/08/16-"CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 What is the frequency band's weight of electromagnetic waves from a human body? What is the intensity of these waves? What is the frequency cycle? These are the basic questions that need to be answered when we study electromagnetic waves emitted from the body. Since we have found a new phenomenon that affects all these questions, we tried to obtain data regularly with complete wave band radio equipment. II. The Discovery of a Transmitter In July of 1987, while we were testing the property of a piece of metal piece, we found that there were electromag- netic waves emitted when a hand was holding forceps poking the metal piece. This is a new phenomenon that has never been reported. In order to find out the reasons, we have done a series of elimination experiments. In the first ex- periment, our question was whether it was caused by the con- tent of different metals due to the contacting potential be- tween two different metals. We have done experiments on copper, steel, and other types of metal. There have always been electromagnetic waves found. So, we eliminated the possibility that it was caused by the content of different kinds of metals. our second experiment was to find out whether electro-magnetic waves emit from the hands. We tried to keep the degree of insulation between the hand and the metal piece high enough to be dependable. For instance, using the top of an electric pen over 1000 V so as to keep good insulation between the hand and the metal. Then we poked the metal piece with the pen and found no electro- magnetic waves. on the other hand, when poking the metal piece with the hand holding the metal part of the electric pen, electro-magnetic waves were emitted. We also found that there were no electro-magnetic waves found when the forceps fell freely from a short distance. This indicates that the phenomenon of electro-magnetic waves with the hand. The third question was: Why is associated with the hand? The body is a conductor, so the hand functions as an an- tenna. Would the electro-magnetic waves result from contact with electro radio waves by holding forceps in one's hand? We did some experiments in various shielded rooms. Still, electro-magnetic waves were found. We were able to measure the wave length of the wave bands in the shielded rooms. This also indicates that electro-magnetic waves were produced by the bands. Our fourth question: What is the electric potential transmitted by the hand? There is electric static low frequency potential and high frequency, vibrating potential in a human body. The first two poten- tials should be in a pulsating current to produce electro- magnetic waves. Thus, our question changed to whether the electro-magnetic waves produced by the metal slice were af- fected by the three electric potentials jointly or primarily by one. To test the electrostatic potential, we connected metal slices with two heads of a milli-voltmeter, then used Approved For Release 2000/08/10 :2~IA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 one hand to hold on of the metal slices tightly, and the other hand to hold the tweezers and hit the other metal slice suddenly. Thus a simple series connection was formed. A-current ranging from 0.1 UA to 5 UA could be seen passing through the body. As the tweezers hit the metal slice, we observed the current increase from weak to strong. As the tweezers left the metal, the current suddenly reduced to zero. There were no electro-magnetic waves found. There- fore, we saw that the amount of the electro-magnetic waves in the pulsating current produced by electrostatic potential in the body was very small. The most reasonable assumption is that the high frequency vibrating potential should be considered the main electric potential causing electro- magnetic waves. That is to say, the hand, the tweezer and the metal slices formed a transmission system for human electro-magnetic waves. Regular full range radio equipment should be used to study extremely weak human electro- magnetic waves. III. Experiments and Results Equipment: A DW3 type, very high frequency milli-voltmeter with a sensitivity of 0.5 MHz - 300 MHz made by the Beijing No. 2 Radio Equipment Factory which is actually a highly sensitive superhelerodge radio set; an electric light sensor with a sensitivity of over 70 db made by the Chenjiain com- pany with its frequency ranges from about 100 KHz to the television channel band; an enamel insulated wired coil with 150 coils and an average diameter of 12 cm; a 13cm x 3.3cm. x 0.03cm copper slice; an 18cm x 5.2cm x 0.2cm aluminum slice; tweezers, and a rectangular piece of granite as a spacer for the metal slices. In the experiment one end of the coil was connected to the probe of the milli-voltmeter. The coil was placed verti- cally. The metal slice was put on the granite piece horizontally alongside the coil with one end passing slightly through the center of the coil. otherwise one may put the metal piece about 2mm under the metal needle of the milli-voltmeter probe without the coil, which is similar to a ring antenna and a whip like antenna. The electric light detector was used only to examine the existence of electro- magnetic waves from the metal piece. In order to minimize the effects of'the human body on the equipment, the distance between the body and hand to the equipment and the position of the hand holding the tweezers, the location, strength and the speed of impact on the metal piece were kept unchanged as much as possible. Maximum sway was taken as the standard recording. The starting and ending positions of the needle measure the fre- quency. The difference of two readings of the needle was the input voltage measured. An average value was taken after each frequency was measured five times. Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 I Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Three people were tested for comparison: A seventy-five year old female, a seventy-one year old male, and a thirty- five year old male. The health of the first two were good and the latter was strong. None of them had practiced Qigong. The experiment was done in three parts. The first part took place in their own homes without shielding. The second part was done in a shielded room. In these two parts of the ex- perinent, electro-magnetic waves were received by the coil. The third part was done in an unshielded house. Electro- magnetic waves were received by the metal needle on the probe of the milli-voltmeter. The following is a summary of the experiments with frequencies below 500 KHz and without radio transmission. Experiment 1. Location: A house. Time: Morning, after noon, and early morning. Cars passed by the, house causing large sways beyond the capacity of the milli-voltmeter needle. When all the read- ings were connected with an unbroken line, it was considered an envelope. The intensity of the electromagnetic wave field measured was strong. The maximum input voltage was lOuV,,minimum voltage was 1uV and average voltage was 4uV. Experiment 2. Location: A shielded room in the Beijing Radio Factory. Time: Noon. The room was built with two layers of copper nets. Medium wave transmissions could not be received. The shielded con- dition was incomplete because the incoming wire was not wave filtered. The room was not disturbed by passing cars or radio stations. The intensity of the electro-magnetic field was about 1/20 of that in experiment 1. The maximum inten- sity measured was 0.3uV, the minimum about O.1uV, and average about 0.2uV. ioipv, early 8 morning 6 daytime 4 -- 2. daytime Jf 1\ 0 . .. . . . . . . 0. 1 0. 2 0.3 0.4 0; 5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.11.2 1.3 1.4 14 Figure 1. Experiment curves in the unshielded room from the seventy one year old male subject. Approved For Release 2000/08/l(X4lClA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000108110 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 PV 0.3 0.2 0.1 0 500 1000 1500 2too Figure 2. Experiment curves from the seventy-one year old male in an incompletely shielded room. Experiment 3. Location: A shielded room at the University of Beijing Medical School. Time: Morning. Some high frequency radio stations could be received due to the incompletely shielded condition. The experiment was slightly disturbed by some radio frequencies. The following two figures have similar reading values tohose in Experiment 2. The intensities of the electro-magnetic fields varied between different subjects. Two subjects had similar fre- quency spectrums and two subjects had the same average value of 0.16uv. Experiment 4. Location: A shielded room in Department 5 at Beijing University of Science and Engineering. Time: Morn ing. The shielded condition of the room was up to specifications. The incoming wire was wave filtered. The copper nets were connected to the ground. The medium and short waves were completely shielded, The results of experiment 4 are shown in Figure 4. The two bottom curves that are nearly identi- cal are from the same subject. The lowest curve has the weakest intensity value among all the experiments with its maximum value being 0.17uV and min- imum value 0.04uV. Most of the curves were below O.IuV with an average value of 0.08uV which was only 1/5 that of ex- periment 1. -Radio station, 600 690 800 950 10-0 15,00 0.5 OV 750 0.4 71 year old male C3 75 year old 71 year 01,d ale _~fem 0.2 female 35 year old male 0.1 0. 1 0. 2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.2. 1.4 MHz Figure 3. Experimental curves (2) from three subjects in the incompletely shielded room. Approved For Release 200010811 ~ - CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 42 Approved For Release 2000108/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Radio station PV j I I I I C.5 600 690 800 95011)00 750 0.4 ~femaie 0.3 A,71 year old 0.2 male t, 0.1 0 0. 10, 2 0. 3 0. 4 0. 5 0. 6 0. 7 0.'8 0.'9 1. 01.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 MHL Figure 4. Experimental curves from two subjects in the con pletely shielded room. Experiment 5. Location: Ordinary house. Time: Evening and late night. Electro-magnetic waves were received by the short indicating needle on the probe of the milli-voltmeter. No shielding was given since the extreme of the emission source was very close to the short indicating needle. It was not disturbed by radio stations except some broadcasting in high fre- quencies. The reading of the needle was very stable and de- pendable. The results of this experiment (shown in Figure 5) were similar to that of experiments 2, 3, and 4, where electro-magnetic waves were received by the coil in shielded rooms. [Pv Radio Station 0.4 1 1 1 1 1 1 A 60,0690 800 9501000 1 504tiz 0.3 -19:30 20:40 750 01: 35 - 03:45 02:40 - 04:45, 0,1 0 - - --- MIZ 0. 10. 2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 Figure 5. Experimental curves from an unshielded room where electro-magnetic waves were received by the metal needle. IV. Conclusions We have done more than thirty experiments in which some responses could always be found by the milli-voltmeter with frequencies ranging form 0.1 MHz to 300 MHz. After the fre- quency was higher than 1MHz, most of the intensity values were below 0.1uV. There were no big changes. When the fre- quency was lower than 1 MHz however, the formation of fre- quency spectrums seemed to be complicated. The shapes of the curves from each experiment were similar to those in Approved For Release 200010/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000108110 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Figure 6. To show the frequency spectrum of the electro- magnetic waves from the body under a well shielded condi- tion, we Vlow individually the lowest curve from Figure 4 in Figure 7 This connects the experimental phenomenon men t',.oned in our introduction that seemed irrelevant. It also answers the three basic questions. 11V 0. A JVh71 year Shielded room; Beijing 0.3 old male Medical Science Univ. A 0,2 35 year d - '.m- -a 0.1 M"z A- 0 s 10 15 20 25 Figure6 Fre" ency spectrum of human electromagnetic iraves qu within 25 M-1z PV 0.2- 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.6 097 018 0.91 LOWZ Figure 7Frequency spectrum of human electromagnetic vraves, within I MHz The7intensity of electr6-magnetic waves ranged from 10-8 to 10- . (See Footnote 2). Frequency periods from a person are not unchangeable. Frequency spectrums differ between people but the differences due to age and sex are minor. -------------------- 2. A metal cavity or cage can only shield static electric fields or slowly hang electric fields. The higher the fre- quency of a vibrating electric field, the worse the shield- ing effect. Therefore, a completely shielded conditition is impossible. In the shielded room of Department 5 at Beijing University of Science and Engineering, there was no medium or short wave radio transmissions received by the milli- voltmeter. The results are discussed under this relative condition. Approved For Release 2000108110 :tlA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000108/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 The explanation for the experiment mentioned in our intro- duction in which a person was irradiated by electro-magnetic waves and had varied responses could be that electro- magnetic resonances are produced by the human body between the frequency band of 380 KHz to 500 KHz. If this is true, electro-magnetic pollution should be highest in this fre- quency band. Using a short metal needle may be a simple and feasible method to receive electro-magnetic waves from the body. The intensity measured in an unshielded condition was 50 times higher than that measured under shielded conditions when the coil was used in the experiments. This can be understood as worldwide radio waves being the "background" for the energy of electro-magnetic waves. Added on it were the electro- magnetic waves from the human body itself and the strong electromagnetic waves from radio stations. Therefore, it is possible to obtain similar results from experiments of electro-magnetic wave radiation from humans under either un- shielded or incompletely shielded conditions. We greatly appreciate the valuable suggestions of Mr. Zhu Boshen. V. Postscript After finishing this article, we invited Professor Xie Huanzhang to emit Qigong. In the f irst test he emitted Qigong three times with his hand from two or three meters measured by the antenna of the sensitizer made by the Chen Company. The sensitizer produced sound twice. That is to say, it received electro-magnetic waves. In the second test, he tried f ive times. only one time were electro- magnetic waves received. He also used tweezers to poke a metal piece producing electro-magnetic waves as measured by the sensitizer. If compared with electro-magnetic waves produced by the cracking of crystal sugar, the intensity of his electro-magnetic wave field was estimated to be greater than 10m v/m at a distance of 10cm. We also invited Qigong master Chang Weidong for a test for experiment 5. When Qigong was emmitted, the highest inten- sity of his electro-magnetic waves was 300 KHz to 400 KHz, which was greater than 1uV. Energy was much greater than when Qigong was not emitted. From the above phenomenon, we concludes that electro- magnetic waves can be produced when Qigong is emitted. However, more research and study needs to be done to answer the question of what the relationship is between Qigong and electro-magnetic radiation. We hope that our research can be helpful in further studies. 245 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 pathetic nervous system seemed to be in a state of relative hyper-function after Qigong practice which lasted a certain period of time after stopping Oigong practice, so thus the subjects' heart rates remained higher. Also, we found that most of the subjects' secreted saliva increased and their bodies or hands felt warm and sweaty while they practiced Qigong, which probably resulted from Qigong causing the sym- pathetic and para-sympathetic nervous systems to be in a state of hyper-function. In summary, our conclusions recovery from stress and is pathetic nervous system in function. are: Qigong is likely to help also likely to keep the sym a relative state of hyper 246 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000108110 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Experimental Research on the Infrasonic Information of Qigong and Exceptional Functions Zhu Zhongxiang, Wang Xiubi, Li Daode, Meng Shufang, and Li Yingzhong (Institute of Space Medical Engineering) Introduction The history of Qigong and exceptional characteristics can be traced back a few thousand years, Qigong part of the cul- tural heritage of our country. It has been extensively ap- plied to preventing and curing disease as well as exercise for body and mind. Beneficial results have been obtained, however there has been very little understanding and very few studies have been done for verification. For instance, there are many problems which need to be studied and resolved such as the form Qigong takes in the human body. Is it caused by a single factor, or a combination of many factors? How is it produced? How does it travel? How is it collected? How does it accumulate? How is it emitted? How does it disappear? What is the substance that carries Qigong? Is there a channel that carries it? What are the biological and physical effects? Is Qigong related to the space outside a human body? Only if we know its existing mechanism well can we bring its effects into full play. Since the 19701s, Qigong has caught people's attention at home as well as abroad. Scientists from Europe, the United States, and Japan have payed much attention to it and have been actively studying it. It is reported that Japan has established a research institute for Qigong studies. Qigong has also been studied extensively and used for military pur- poses in the United States and the Soviet Union. In recent years, Qigong and exceptional characteristics have been studied as a special subject in our country. It has been included in the study of anatomy. Many scientists have done experiments on so-called external Qi emitted by Qigong masters and people who have exceptional characteristics. For instance., the study of radio electro- magnetic waves, infrared ray electro-magnetic waves, static electric effects, magnetic field messages, micro-partical flow information and infrasonic signals, etc. The results of these studies have proven the substantial properties and the objective existence of "external Qi.11 There were ten Qigong practitioners and exceptional Psi people as well as ten non Qigong practitioners taking part in our study. Qigong was measured by infrasonic testing devices from various distances through many different acupoints without contacting the microphone varying levels of controlled thought. 247 Approved For Release 2000108110: CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 To further confirm the substantial properties of Qigong in- formation, our aim includes observing and studying the responses of the body's infrasonic information with or without Qigong, from different distances and conditions. This may provide a scientific basis for further studies of the biological and physical effects 3f Qigong as well as make use of the potential energy of the human body. 1. Method 1. Testing and analysis equipment: A set of infrasonic testing devices made my the Damark B-K Company including a 2209 type precise pulse counter, a 5742 low-pass wave fil- ter, a 1616 1/3 times frequency cycle wave filter, a 4166 type electric capacity microphone and a 7003 magnetic re- corder. The low-pass wave filter was a special attachment of the infrasonic testing devices, its frequency ranging from 2 Hz to 20 Hz. The signals measured were analyzed by a Japanese made CF-500 two-way signal analyzer. 2. Testing conditions: The test was conducted in a sound proof room with a background noise of 40 dB. The microphone was fixed on an adjustable stand in the room facing down vertically with a small distance from the body surface (non-contacting test). Researchers stayed outside the sound proof room while testing and recording. The subjects sat in the room near the microphones with masks on to avoid dis- turbing the airflow. The subjects acupoints, tested included Laogong, Zhijian, taihui, and Mingmen. The Laogong point was tested from a distance of 1, 3, 5, and 10 cm away from the center of the palm. In the Zhijian point test, five fingers were required to be joined together. The microphone was 3 cm away from the Zhijian point. In the Baihui point test the microphone was 3 cm away from the top of the head. In the Mingmen test, the microphone was 6 cm away from the sur- face of the Mingmen area. Besides these tests, controlled thought tests were conducted without the microphone pointed at any points. During the test, the Qigong was in a quies- cent situation. The microphone was 40 cm away from the cen- ter of the subject's body without pointing toward any points. There were altogether four points and six distances tested. There are three states of thought in the testing of in- frasonic information from the body. They are: (1) Thought directed at the point at the time of the test (thought con- centration on acupoints). (2) Thought directed on a point other than that being tested. For example, thought on the Yongghan point while the Laogong point was tested (diverting of thoughts) . (3) Thought concentration inward (actual state of thought). 3. Testing time and requirements. In order to obtain ac- curate data and signals, the test was conducted between 12 Approved For Release 2000/08/lQ48CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000108110 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 and 3 o'clock in the morning when there were the fewest dis- turbances from outside. The subjects were required to sit naturally, relax and be comfortable with eyes closed. II. The Results In our test, the subjects were divided into two groups: A Qigong group (including Qigong masters and people with Psi), and a non Qigong group (the comparison group) . There were ten people in the Qigong group who had good knowledge and skill of Qigong. Among them were seven males and three females, their ages ranging from 28 to 61. The non Qigong group included four males and six females who had never practiced Qigong. Their ages range from 17 to 41. All the requirements of these two groups were the same ex- cept that the emission process of Qigong was not required in the non Qigong group. When preventing and curing disease, most Qigong masters and people with Psi use their hands, we emphasize testing the infrasonic sound pressure level and its peak value fre- quencies from the Laogong points. 1. The infrasonic responses from the Laogong points tested are shown in Table 1. The Laogong point test was conducted from four different distances with the concentration on the acupoints. It was shown in the results that the sound pressure level of the infrasonics of the Qigong group were obviously higher than the comparison group. This indicates that thoughts play a very important role in Qigong. It was also found that there were no obvious differences in the responses of infrasonic sound pressure levels from different distances, which indi- cates that distance is not an important factor. Table I Average Values (dB) of the Responses of Laogong Point In frasonic Sound Pressure Levels Coicentration on LOZ te!3ted Distance Qigong P state (C M) Comparison Group Group 1 42.4 ± 1.90 49.6 2.50 6.2388 <0 .001 Laogong Lg6n~ 3 41.3±1.25 50. 4 3 .10 7.2311 <0.001 6 40.1±0.48 48.8±2.27 9.1316 <0.001 to 40 .6 ± 0 .63 60.6 ±3.28 7.9049 <0 .00 1 Approved For Release 2000108110: CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001.6 249 Approved For Release 2000108110 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 The infrasonic sound pressure level peak value frequency is very important in the study of Qigong's mechanism and its application. Therefore, we analyzed infrasonic sound pres- sure peak value frequencies from Laogong points. (see Table 2.) Table 2 Responses of Peak Value (H2) Frequencies of the Infrasonic Sound Pressure Levels Concentratior o- Laogong Laogong-test Lao7onr-test Laogong Compariso Group Qi.~~ona P tate T starce (C Group M) hao-onc- 1 5.854.56 4.471.790.8334 >0. 05 test 3 4.312.74 5.142.490.5919 >0.05 6 3.962.69 5 .07 0.8568 >0.05 2 .4 4 test 10 2.990.55 4.331.672.0119 >0.05 It is shown in the table that there are no obvious dif- ferences in the average peak value frequencies of the in- frasonic sound pressure levels between the two groups. The peak value frequencies ranged between 3Hz and 5 Hz. Only on a few points from some subjects did the peak value fre- quencies appear in the range of 10 Hz to 12.5 Hz. 2. Zhijian point tests were conducted with the thoughts concentrated on these points. The results of the average values of the infrasonic sound pressure levels are shown in Table 3. Table 3 Responses of Average Values (dB) of Infrasonic Sound Pres sure Levels from Zhijian Points. Distance I Qigong State (C M) comparison Groix,? Group Concentratio on Zhijian 3 4 3 .1 ± 0. 99 48.0±1.41 7.7472 <0.001 Zhijian Test- I Approved For Release 2000108110 ~'81A-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000108110: CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 LN195-91 The infrasonic sound pressure levels from the Qigong group were still obviously higher than the non-Qigong group. It also indicated that thoughts played a leading role in Qigong. 3. Infrasonic information from other points. This means tests of Baihui and Mingmen points without thoughts con- centrated on these points. Results are shown in Table 4. Table 4 Average Values (dB) of Infrasonic Sound Pressure Levels from Other Points. Distance State Comparison Qigong t P (C 111)1 Group Group Concentration on Baihui 3 142.8±0.83 151.3±4.15 Baihui Test Concentration, 6 on 'Minggm en Mingmen Test No concentration4O on Accunoints 43.6±0.54 4 2 .8 ± 0.83 54.7±5.79 4.4463 <0. 0 1 4.2167 <0.01 47 .6 ± 2.77 3.7286 <0.01 It is shown in the table that from two points and two states of thought, infrasonic sound pressure levels from the Qigong group were obviously higher than the comparison group. In the test where thoughts were concentrated on any points, in- frasonic information energy from the surface of the body reduced noticeably. This indicates that infrasonic informa- tion can be transmitted through space. 4. Comparison of infrasonic sound pressure levels from two states of Qigong thought. (See Table 5.) Table 5 Comparison of Infrasonic Sound Pressure Levels (dB) from Two States of Qigong Thought. on Laogong on Yongcu ., an P Test Laogong test 62.43±2_.76 48.85±2.26 2.6450 <0.05 251 Concentration Concentration Approved For Release 2000108110: CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000108110: CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 In the Laogong test as shown in Table 5, infrasonic sound pressure levels were obviously higher when thoughts were concentrated on points than when thoughts were diverted. Infrasonic sound pressure levels measured from different points of body were mostly between 50dB and 60 dF which was 10 to 100 times higher than the 40 dB background noise in the room. Results of the infrasonic sound pressure levels as shown in the tables above clarified two points. (1) Conscious think- ing activities of the brain in the state of Qigong (thoughts) undoubtedly play a leading role in adjusting, controlling and strengthening human infrasonic information energy. (2) An objective basis for the theory that "Qi comes as thought comes" in Qigong therapy was provided. III. Discussions By testing and analyzing infrasonic information from a few points of the human body, we substantiated the following two points. 1. Substantial properties of infrasonic information, its transmission, and the existence of its field are found in the body. Even though its substantial property had been proven by many scientists through tests, there are still dissenters. As to the problem of transmitting forms of ex- ternal Qi, its biological and physical effects still need study. Many people still consider Qigong and Psi as mys- terious, incredible and even pseudo-science mentioned in the same breath as witch doctors and magicians. With special infrasonic testing devices, infrasonic information and its energy from the surface of the body has been clearly measured by the microphone non-contact method of our study. Results of this study undoubtedly confirmed that human in- frasonic information (one of the components of internal or external Qi) is objective and substantial. There have been many studies discussing propagation of information inside the body (internal Qi). There have not been many studies on the propagation and movement of external information (external.Qi). By testing from different distances, our study proved that infrasonic information is movable. It can propagate (spread) through space and air mediums. There were no obvious differences found in the responses of in- frasonic sound pressure levels from the distances tested in our study, which is consistent with the physical property of sound waves. A few articles (2,5,6] have been published concerning "biological fields," "biological electric fields," "biological plasma fields," "human body energy fields," and "morphological fields." This research proves the existence of "fields" outside the body. In our study, data was measured without an obvious decrease even at further dis- Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CJA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 tances. This indicates clearly that there are actual "fields" existing around both human and animal bodies. 2. Infrasonic information is the objective manifestation of life. It is thought by Qigong researchers that so-called "external Qi11 is from "internal Qi,11 emitted by Qigong masters or people with Psi. It is also thought by some that the "Qi" from Qigong, the vitality of the body, is the "life information" of man. Whether everybody has it thus became the question needing to an answer. We agree with the phrase "life information," because there is a close relationship between life information and life itself. If there is life information exists. Therefore, not only humans but all living animals have this information. our study also indi- cates that not only Qigong masters or people with Psi had infrasonic information but those who do not practice Qigong have it as well, which explains whether "it comes from everyone." It is shown in our study that there were obvious differences in the natural wave shapes of infrasonic infor- mation between Qigong masters as they were emitting Qigong and the non-Qigong group. Natural wave shapes of infrasonic information from Qigong practitioners appeared to be shuttle-like. Amplitudes of natural wave shapes were rela- tively higher than those of the non-Qigong group, which had small, continuously smooth waves with lower amplitudes. (See Tables 1 to 7). Professor Qianzueshen once pointed out that there is a close relationship between Qigong and Psi., It is also felt by some that when people practice Qigong to certain extent, they have similar functions as those with Psi. That is to say, they acquire remote - sensing and visualization abilities, perspective sight, x-ray vision and foreseeing ability. From the information wave shapes shown above, we see that the wave shapes of Qigong masters are similar to those with Psi. Their waves appear to be shuttle-like with high amplitudes, which may be the basis for changing Qigong to Psi. Besides the previous study, we also tested infrasonic infor- mation from both dead and living rabbits. It was found that animals as well as have infrasonic information on their body surfaces with wave shapes similar to those of the non-Qigong group (see Figure 8). Infrasonic information of life infor- mation, which exist everywhere, is different from infrasonic information the state of Qigong. It is likely that all living animals (including humans) have this kind of in- frasonic information, the objective indication (expression) of life. 253 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000108/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 MIS 6 20 1 0 5V 20Hz 1 U! r .4 HI-A 7. 012 LO-A 7.0123 1 0 Xd 034V 074V N 3 Figure 1. Top line is the sound wave of background noise. Bottom line is infrasonic information from non-Qigong sub- ject Wei's Laogong point. MIS 5 20 1 M 5V 2OHz I M1 Mu MIS I Je2 Mug I III -A. 7.012s LO-A 7.812s -."05V - - 036 V N 3 CO Figure 2. Top line is infrasonic information from non- Qigong subject Wang's Laogong point. Bottom line is ifrasonic information from Psi subject Zhao's Laogong point. Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 254 M I I - I mug 6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 MI, 5 - 20 .5 2011Z 1 MIS 1/2 MRS 2 HI -A LO-A 7.812s 7.8123 212 V 064 V 3 Figure 3. Top line is infrasonic information from non- Qigong subject Wang's Laogong point. Bottom line is in- frasonic information from Psi subjects Wen's Laogong point. MIS 5 20 1 1 M 11 5V 20liz 1 2/2 M1 MH V V V f HI -A 7.812 LO-A 7.8123 21 zV 016 V N. 3 Figure 4. Top line is infrasonic information from non- Qigong subject Wang's Laogong point. Bottom line is in- frasonic information from Psi subject Chang's Laogong point. MIS I MH 8 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CWRDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 UI: MU M mu L III -A LO-A 5 20 1 1 5 V 20Hz 1 -1/4 1.250s 124V 1. 2k.3 1. 290V Mfg I M H N z :I Figure 5. Top line is infrasonic information from non- Qigong subject Chang's Mingmen point. Bottom line is in- frasonic information from Qigong master Wei's Mingmen point. M 1 8. P 20 1 MI I .M11 SVII, 20Hz M 11 3111 N z I H I -A LO-A 0 142V 0 042V Figure 6. Top line is infrasonic information form non- Qigong subject Chang's Baihui point. Bottom line is in- frasonic information from Qigong master Wei's Baihui Point. 256 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 5 5v 20 M I I I 20Hz 2 MIls 3 H I A 4.472s I LO-A 4.472s 3 024 V 338 V Figure 7. Top line is infrasonic information from non- Qigong subject Wang when not concentrating on any points. Bottom line is infrasonic information from Qigong master Meng when not concentrating on any points. M 1 1 2 2Cky MI, MUI 2y' 2OHz I mill 6 MI M N 1 3 HI-A 7.7923 0684v LO-A* 74.7023. OUOV Figure 8. Top line is infrasonic information from the top of a live rabbit's head. Bottom line is infrasonic informa- tion from the top of the same rabbits head in death. Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 r -7 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 IV. Discussions 1. Infrasonic sound pressure levels from all points tested were obviously higher (50 dB to 60 dB) when Qigong was emitted, (from 10 to 100 times that of the background noise). The peak frequency value of human infrasonic sound pressure levels were between 3 Hz and 5 Hz with a few values ranging from 10 Hz to 12.5 Hz from certain points. 2. Infrasonic information from the surface of the body, has substantial properties, objectively exists, and can travel through space. 3. There is a close relationship between infrasonic infor- mation in the body and life. Infrasonic information appears at the beginning of life and disappears as life ceases. This kind of infrasonic information occurs in humans as well as animals. 4. The amount of infrasonic information is obviously higher when thoughts are concentrated on a point than when thoughts divert. This is objective proof of the important role played by thoughts and the fact that "Qi comes as thought comes" in Qigong practice. 5. The existence of "fields" around the body is a reality. References (1] Wang Xiubi and,Chang Lifu, "One Investigation of Poten- tial Characteristics of the Human Body - A Description of Systematic Characteristics," Restricted Materials, 1983. [2] Wang Xiubi, et.al., "Study of Potential Features of the Human Body - Observations and Analysis of Effects of High Frequency Electro-magnetic Waves and Biological Effects of the Body," Restricted Materials, 1985. (3] Lu Yianfang and Yang Baodang (Third Institute of Electrical Industry), "Analysis of Sound Signals from Qigong," Restricted Materials, 1984. (4] Zhu Zhongxian, "Problems of Medical Effects of In- frasonics and Problems in Anatomy," Restricted Materials, 1985. (5) Barbara and Canawe (translation; Chang Qixiu and Chang Huiming), "Discussions of the Existence of Human Energy Fields and the History of its Functions," Nature Magazine, XI (4), p. 831, 1981. (6] Richard and Doblin (translation; Chang Qixiu and Chang Huiming), "Measuring of Human Energy Fields with Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 258 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Electronic Equipment," Nature Magazine, XI (4), p. 837, 1981. (7) Wang Wuai, "Small Experiments of 'Qil Knowledge," Selected Research Papers on Qigong, Beijing Research Institute, 1981. 259 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Effects of Qigong on Excretion catecholamines. Tang Cimei and Shuen Lihua (Institute Academy of sciences), Yu Xixiang (Recovery center for Diseases of the Military Sub-Area) Amount of Urinary of Psychology, China and Chang Shoujian Elderly in Shenyian It is felt that Qigong can decrease stress and cure some diseases of the body and mind. There is a close relation- ship between the sympathetic adrenalin gland medullary sys- tem and stress response. We assume that Qigong may have something to do with the functions of the sympathetic adrenalin gland medullary system. The amount of catecholamines in urine tested may reflect the functions of the sympathetic adrenalin gland medullary system. This ex- periment studies the effects of Qigong on urinary catecholamines and probes the mechanism of Qigong effects. I. Method Subjects: 111 people were tested in our study who have practiced different kinds of Qigong. Among them were 59 males and 52 females. The average age was 52. The youngest was 22 and the oldest was 78. Collection of urine samples: Samples were collected twice. After practicing Qigong, the subjects were required to empty their bladders and obtain the samples after an hour of Qigong practice. The second time, for comparison, urine samples were collected without Qigong practice at the same time but at different dates. During this experiment, the subjects were also required to empty their bladders. The comparitive positions and amount of exercise were decided according to Qigong positions and amount of exercise of each different type of Qigong prac- tice. 'For instance, there is relatively larger amounts of exercise in Dayian gong, so subjects were led to do setting up exercises to music three times. The remaining time they were either standing or taking a walk. For Yiangqigong and Chanmigong subjects, the setting-up exercise was done only once either standing or taking a walk the rest of the time. The Zhanzhuanggong and Laozi Quanzhengong subjects were only required to stand. Zhenqi Yunxienggong subjects were only required to sit in the comparison experiment. Urine samples were also collected an hour after the comparison experiment without Qigong. Content of the urinary adrenaline and noradrenaline were determined by a fluorescent spectro- photometer. 260 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 II. Results of the Experiment 1. Results of the adrenaline test are listed in Table 1. We see that there was an increase in the excreted amount of urinary adrenalin after Qigong practice. However, the in- creased values from most of the Qigong styles have not reached a remarkable level except from Dajiangong. Table 1 Change in Excretion Amounts (nmole/hr) of Adrenalin in Urine after Qigong Practice Qigonc, Style- ITimes Dayiangong Yianqigonq zi,anmigong Zhan zhuanggon,~'-, Laozi quanzhengon~ Zhenqigong 1 Numb-_r of Without, Testedi 'Qigong 19 34 I 36 7 5 Wi th Qigong 2.9±2.0* 2.6±2.3 2.9±2.7 2.0±1.4 1.8±1.9 1.6±1.1 t test ca,-i-:=ison without Qigong. *p < 0 05 2. See Table 2 for results of noradrenaline. From Table 2, we see that there was also an increase in the excreted amount of noradrenaline. Higher levels from Dayiangong and Laozi quanzhengong was remarkable. But for all other Qigong styles, amounts measured had not reached remarkable levels. 3. Length of time of Qigong practice and the excreted amount of urinary catecholamines. In order to see if there is a relationship between the length of time of Qigong prac- tice and the excreted amount of urinary catecholamines, we grouped the subjects who practiced Yiang qigong and Zhanzhuanggong according to number of years of Qigong prac- tice and analyzed the length of time from each group. Results are listed in Tables 3 and 4. Table 2 ~ Change in Excretion Amounts (nmol/hr) of Noradrenalin in Urine after Qigong Practice Qigong Style Subjects Before Qigong Tested. Practice 19 Yiang Qigong 34' Chan Migcng 10 ZhanZuanagong 36 I! OL ~ 7 Q a '~ ncronc~ Zhen Qi 6 ~=igong t test comparison with nc 6.5±3.4 7.4±3.6 9.6±4.8 8.6±4.4 7.0±1.8 6.8 ± 2.0 Qigong practice, *pz-0.05 After Qigong Practice, i 7.7±3.6* 8.3±3.3 12.4±5.4 9.7±4.9 11.2±3.20 8.1±2.3 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIALRDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 tine of Qigong practice for the 19 subjects was eleven months. Among the 19 subjects in the Dajiangong group, the shortest period of time of Qigpng practice was one year; the longest period was three years and three months; the average period of time was eleven months. The amount of urinary catecholamines excreted from the group after practicing Qigong also increased remarkably. This indicates that for those who have practiced Qigong for a long period of time and commanded better Qigong skills, urinary catecholamines excreted after practicing Qigong also increased obviously. It is felt that the amount of catecholamines excreted during a good rest decreases. The excreted amount of catecholamines during sleep is low. Therefore, the results of our study indicate that practicing is not simply rest or relaxation, but a process of psychological activity on the mechanism of biological functions. Catecholamines are not merely the nerve delivering substance of the sympathetic nerve system, but also a hormone secreted by.the adrenalin gland medulla. The excreted amount of uri- nary catecholamines basically reflects the functions of the sympathetic adrenalin gland medullary system. The increase in the amount excreted indicates that the sympathetic adrenalin gland medullary system was in a relatively active state. Transcendental Meditation has similarities with Qigong. Lang found that people who practice Transcendental Meditation excreted higher amounts of catecholamines and VMA [1,3] in their urine. The noradrenaline element in their plasma increased remarkably. [1,3) Thus, they concluded that Transcendental Meditation activates the functions of the sympathetic nervous system. Results of their study have similarities with ours, however the main results of our study concern the increase in the excreted of the adrenalin not noradrenaline. Research has been conducted indicating that under different situations, psychological activity can cause a change in the amount of catecholamines, usually by increasing the amount of the adrenalin. The increase however, was not obvious and has been unstable. It has also been found from research that the adrenalin excreted increased when an assignment needed to be done quickly and efficiently. Therefore, it is likely that the adrenalin plays an important role in doing work efficiently and keeping one's attention focused. it was also found from research that emotional activities in- creased. That is to say that when people are in states of excitement, happiness, nervousness, or horror, excretion of catecholamines increases. Qigong is usually practiced in an emotionally calm situation, which is differs completely from accomplishing an assignment with high efficiency and con- centration. Then, what is the biological meaning (or sig- nificance) of the increased excretion of adrenalin under a Approved For Release 2000/08/10 :2CJA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000108/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Qigong situation? This is a question which needs answer- ing. References (1) Tang Zhimei, "Overseas Research Summaries of Meditation Psychology," Psychology Trends, No. 1, 1985, pp. 50 - 52. (2] Frankenhaeluser, M., "Behavior and Circulation of Catecholamines," Brain Resource, 1971, 31:24 - 262. (3) Lang, R. et.al., "Sympathetic Activity and Transcenden- tal Meditation," Journal of Neural Transmission, 44:117 -135. 264 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Effects of Qigong on Stress Responses Tang Cimei, Zheng Lianxing, Wei Qinghan, and Ling Wenjuan (Institute of Psychology, Chinese Academy of sciences) Qigong has a history of more than a thousand years as a method of promoting health and curing diseases in our country. It is well known that Qigong can minimize stress and cure some diseases of the body and mind. So far however, there have not been any reports concerning the study of Qigong effects on stress response. Meditation is quite different from Qigong but has similarities. It has been found by some overseas researchers that the effects of meditation on stress response can not reduce stress response (compared with responses to skin electricity tests). It is more obvious that the rate of the heart increases under stress when a person is in meditation. Qigong is actually a process of adjusting the biological functions of mechanisms by psychological activities. The study of Qigong mechanisms can help explain ways of affecting biological functions by psychological factors. The study of effects of Qigong on stress response can not only help probe the biological mechanism of Qigong, but also help clarify the possible mechanism of Qigong in reducing stress response and curing body and mind diseases. This study explores the effects of Qigong on stress response. I. Experiment Methods Subjects: There were 10 subjects in the experiment. Among them were four males and six females. Their average age was 44 with the youngest being 25 and the oldest 53. All had practiced Qigong for at least one year with the average time of their Qigong experience being one year and six months. There were also ten people in the comparison group which in- cluded the same number of males and females of the same ages and educational backgrounds as those in the experimental group. Each subject was tested twice with each experiment divided into three periods. In the first hour, the subjects either practiced Qigong or rested. In the second hour they were given stress response tests. In the third hour rested. Five subjects from the experimental group practiced Qigong during the first hour of the first and second experiments. That is to say, those who practiced Qigong during the first hour in the first experiment rested during the first hour in the second experiment. Those who rested during the first hour in the first experiment practiced Qigong during the first hour in the second experiment. The subjects in the comparison group rested during the first hour of both ex- periments. All experiments were conducted from eight to ten o'clock in the morning. Approved For Release 2000/08/102~_PIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Character color test: Four characters were written in red, green, yellow, and blue with four colors on each card. There were 40 characters altogether. The colors. of the characters and the color of the cards varied. The subjects were required to do their best to write down the colors of the 40 characters on each card accurately in one minute as quickly as possible regardless of what characters they were. There were 15 cards altogether. Mental Arithmetic Test: This test was divided into three periods with 75 math problems in each. In the first period non-regrouping subtraction problems were given. In the second and third periods subtraction problems that required regrouping were given. The subtraction problems were given using a phonograph at a speed of one problem per minute. The subjects were required to work mentally and write down the answers on paper. At the end of the test, subjects were asked-to evaluate their state of nervousness as not nervous, a little nervous, nervous, or very nervous. Steps of the experiment: Subjects entered the lab after a one hour rest or Qigong practice. They were asked to sit on the chairs and relax for 15 minutes. They were given the character-color test for 15 minutes. After a five minute break, they were given the mental arithmetic test for 15 minutes. They took another 10 minute break at the end of the experiment. RM-6000 multi-head psychological equipment was used to record the subjects pulse and breathing rates at the beginning to the end of the experiment. Collection of urine and results: Subjects were required to empty their bladders and collect their first sample after a one hour rest or Qigong practice. The second urine sample was collected after the stress response test. The third urine sample was collected after a one hour rest. Urine samples were analyzed by an improved Von-Enler florescence spectro-photometer to determine amount of catecholamines. II. Results of the Experiment In our experiment, subjects were in a state of stress due to the pressure of the character-color and mental arithmetic tests. Results of the psychological, biological, and biochemical responses, after accomplishing the intense as- signments described above (before and after Qigong practice for the experimental group) and the comparison of the ex- perimental group with the comparison group are described below. Results of both groups from the first and second experiments were very similar. That is, there were no obvious dif- ferences. Results of the experiments were analyzed by the following nethod: Data from the experimental group were divided into two groups before and after practicing Qigong. Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIPL,-~DP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000108/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 For the comparison group, results were analyzed according to their corresponding results in the experimental group before Qigong practice from the same experiment. There were five data groups in the f irst experiment from the comparison group and five data groups in the second experiment. 1. Heartbeat Rates: Results are shown in Figure 1. We see that there is an obvious increase in heartbeat rates when intense assignments were being done. There is a relation- ship between the increase of heartbeat rates and the dif- ficulty of the assignment. Because the mental arithmetic tests were more difficult than test 1, heartbeat rates from tests 2 and 3 were higher than in test 1. It is seen from Figure 1 that heartbeat rates after practicing Qigong were higher that before practicing Qigong no matter whether in rest or intense working situations, which indicates that Qigong has an effect of on heartbeat rates. Results of heartbeat rates from the experimental group before practic- ing Qigong and the comparison group were very similar. No obvious differences were found, which indicates that there was no relationship in the state of stress response between the heartbeat rate of inactivity and when practing Qigong. Before so *Qigong C(xnparison .-,Af ter Group Qigong, 70, 60 0ti t1l ~j 0 ~3 C-r, rD (D M Rest Rest Af tervrard before Mental Math Rest test Test Figure 1. Pulse rate variances in state of stress. Comparison with the first rest,4P<0.05, /_Ap<0.01, L4Ap<0.001 comparison with non-Qigong practice *-p<0.05. 2. Respiratory Rates: Figure 2 shows results of the respiratory rate tests. From this figure we see that there was an obvious increase in the respiratory rates as the in- tense assignments were being done. The relationship between the increase of respiratory rates and the difficulty of the Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 267 Approved For Release 2000108/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 assignments was not obvious. Respiratory rates from the ex- perimental group before or after practicing Qigong in dif- ferent kinds of situations remain constant. No obvious dif- ferences were found, which indicates that there was no ef- f ect on respiratory rates in a state of stress whether Qigong was practiced or not. Respiratory rates from the ex- perimental group before practicing Qigong and the comparison group were very close. There was no obvious difference be- tween the two groups which indicates that there was no ob- vious relationship of respiratory response in the state of stress between Qigong practitioners and non-practitioners. Before CO a-oQigong Comparison '30 Af ter G.-oup Qigong ~4 0 20 &* 93 ~4 0 ~3' 10 0 (D (D W Ct Rest before Rest Rest after' test Heartbeat tE'St Rate Figure 2. Respiratory rate changes in state of stress. Comparison with the first rest,,4p<0.05, A&p<0.01, ,6AAp<0.001 comparison with non-Qigong practice Xp<0.05 3. Adrenalin Table 1 shows the excretion amount of the adrenalin. From the table we see that in the stress response experi- ment, the amount of adrenalin excreted from the three groups all increased dramatically. Excretion amounts after a one hour rest at the end of the experiment were lower than during the stress response experiment. Excreted amounts of adrenalin from the experimental group all decreased remarkably no matter whether Qigong was practiced before the experiment or not, however a decrease of the amount excreted from the comparison group has not reached a remarkable level. 268 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Table 1 Changes in Amount of Adrenalin Excreted (nmole/hr) Before Groups E~7periment E,-,perimentai Qigong 2.4±0.7 Groun I 13efore Qigong 2.4±1.2 After ss _ - Stre one-hour nse T o Resp rest Test 4.31.9A 3.21.4* 4.41.7AA 3.01.40 Comparison 3.0±1.6 4.4±2.4AA 4.0±2.2 Group I I I Surface values + or - standard average value errors Comparison with before the experiment from the t test Ap<0.05, 44p<0.01 Compared with the stress response experiment t test I*p<0.05 4. There were no remarkable changes in the amount of noradrenaline excreted in the urine from both the experimen- tal group and the comparison group before the experiment. There were also no obvious changes from the stress response test or after the one hour rest. The excreted amount of noradrenaline from the experiment group when Qigong was practiced was remarkably higher than without Qigong practice before the experiment (see Table 2). 5. Subjective evaluations of intensity degrees. The sub- jects gave subjective evaluations as the intensity degrees during the experiment as (1) not nervous, (2) a little nerv- ous, (3) nervous,,(4) very nervous. The results are shown in Table 3. From Table 3, we see that there were no obvious differences among the three groups. As the difficulty of the problems increased, subjective feelings of nervousness increased as well. Table 2 Changes in Amount of Noradrenaline Excreted in Urine (nmole/hr) Before Groups~ Experiment Qigong 11. 4 3.40 Ex,perimentaJ Practice Group No Qigong 8.6±4.0 1 Practice After Stress Response one-hourl Test ---rest 10.75.5 8.02.7 10.28.9 7.66.2 Comparison 8.7±4.1 8.5 ±5.3 9.7±3.9 Group I I Values in the table are taken as average value + or stan- dard errors Compared with before Qigong practice (t tested as **p<0.01). Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : dfA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Table 3 Subjective Evaluations of Degrees of Nervousness Grou;Ds Characterl- Color I Test I JQigong E',~perimcntal Practice 2.12:0-7 Grd"? No Qigong 1.8±0.8 Practice comparison 1.8±0.7 Group I Mental Arithmetic Tests 1.40.5 3.0 0.9 3.30.7 2.01.1 2.91.1 3.00.8 1.40.7 2.50.7 2.70.7 I III. Discussion In order to eliminate effects caused by differences of types of Qigong, subjects in the experimental group were all Yangqigong practitioners. Usually people mainly respond to characters but the colors of the characters. In our character-color test, sub- jects were required to respond only to colors of the charac- ters but not the characters themselves. Moreover, there were 40 characters in red, green, yellow, and blue with each color on a different card. It was easy to make mistakes since characters involved a big interference. It was very dif- ficult to write down the colors of all 40 characters in one minute accurately with this kind of interference. This put the subjects in a state of nervousness. Also, in the mental arithmetic tests it was difficult for the subjects to solve a math problem in seconds. In our experiment, subjects were put in a state of nervousness by being required to ac- complish difficult assignments. The responses of their heartbeat rates, respiratory rates and number of catecholamines excreted were observed. The problem we were interested in observing was whether Qigong could reduce the stress. In our experiment, the heartbeat rate, respiratory rate, and amount of catecholamines excreted of the subjects when in the process of completing the intense assignment all appeared to in- crease. Therefore, these three items were sensitive enough to be the index of stress response. Changes of noradrenaline excreted in the experiment was not remarkable, which was consistent with our previous study and the report by Frankenhaeuser; adrenalin is more sensitive than noradrenaline in stress response. our experiment indicates that during the intense assignment tests, the heartbeat rates of the experimental group who practiced Qigong were much higher than when Qigong was not practiced beforehand. Approved For Release 2000/08/10 2CJA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 There were no remarkable differences between having prac- ticed Qigong and not having practiced in the the increase of respiratory rates and adrenaline. Therefore, we conclude that at least to Qigong practitioners, whether practicing Qigong or not beforehand does not remarkably reduce stress response. The increase in heart rates, respiratory rate, and excreted amount of adrenaline from the experimental group during the intense working period were similar to the comparison group. Therefore, at least Yangqigong could not reduce the stress response, which was consistent with Holmes' view. Of course, what Holmes meant was that medita- tion could not reduce stress. Meditation and Qigong are indeed not the same, but they have similarities. Practicing meditation also requires relaxation and abandoning of dis- tracting thoughts. It was also found from our experiment that the excreted amount of adrenaline in urine from the experimental group after a one-hour rest at the end of the experiment with or without practicing Qigong beforehand was obviously lower than the amount excreted during the stress response tests. For the comparison group, the decrease in excretion did not reach a remarkable level. This indicates that recovery of the excreted amount of adrenalin after the stress response test from Yangqigong practitioners seemed to be quicker than that of the comparison group. This indicates that Qigong may help in recovery from stress. Effects of meditation on the autonomic nervous system have been a controversial problem. It is f elt by some that meditation is a state of tropism; a nutritious parasym- pathetic function. However, Lang, et.al., found that senior meditation practitioners had higher amounts of catecholamines and metabolic products UMA excreted in their daily urine, and a higher amount of noradrenaline in their plasma when in meditation. They concluded that meditation might activate the sympathetic nervous system. Then what are the effects of Qigong on the autonomic nervous system? There have been very f ew reports on this question. Wang Zhongxing, et.al. concluded that Qigong could reduce the sympathetic nervous system after the practice based on the finding of Dopamine b-hydoxylase activities in blood pumping that decreased after patients with high blood pressure prac- ticed Qigong. Will activities of the sympathetic nervous system be reduced after people with normal blood pressure practice Qigong? This was also a question we were inter- ested in. In our experiment, all subjects had normal blood pressure. The results of our experiment showed that from the experimental group, those who had practiced Qigong had remarkably higher amounts of noradrenaline excreted in their urine and higher heart rates after a rest instead of having practiced Qigong (see Table 2). While working on the in- tense assignments, their heart rates were higher with Qigong practice than without Qigong practice beforehand (see illustration). The above results indicate that the sym- Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : (:YA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000108110 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 III. Discussion I. In modern medicine, high blood lipoid diseases are con- sidered as caused by a deficiency in lipoid metabolism. There is a close relationship between high lipoprotein and cardiovascular diseases caused by lack of blood. Therefore, it is important to control high cholesterol to prevent coro- nary atheroslerotic heart disease.[7) Qigong has certain prevention and curative effects on diseases such as hyper- tension and coronary atheroslerosis.(8,9] However, there have been very few reports concerning effects on lowering blood lipoids by Qigong. Our study indicates that high blood lipoids can be reduced in differing degrees after a relatively long period of time in Qigong practice, which is consistent with the report of results on lowering blood lipoids by Kuang Aafang from Shanghai Research Institute for Hypertension.(10] Since Qigong has an effect on lowering blood lipoids, it provides the biological and biochemical basis for the belief that Qigong can prevent and cure such diseases as coronary atheroslerosis, hypertension, and others. 2. Qigong is a method of exercising the body and mind as well as a theory of science. The amount of time spent prac- ticing Qigong is a very important factor that can affect curing of diseasse as is evident from our study. Because patients in comparison group 2 practiced Qigong only for a short period of time, there were no obvious indications of lowered blood lipoids, even though these patients practiced the same type of Qigong. This indicates that effects of Qigong therapy are gradually accumulated over a long period of time. Therefore, Qigong should be practiced regularly and continuously. If Qigong is used for curing diseases, the number of days and amount of time of practice should be lengthy. Otherwise, it is impossible to achieve good cura- tive effects. Yet the amount of time spent in Qigong- prac- tice should be decided according to the patient's situation and the type of Qigong practiced. If for the purpose of promoting health, the amount of time of practice can be reduced. 3. As therapy, Qigong is an effective treatment disease but it is not omnipotent. Even if it can provide a cure, it doesn't necessarily mean it will work on every patient. For example, we found three cases from a family which had a his- tory of high blood lipoids. They all practiced Qigong seriously for a long period but the effects were not satis- factory. This indicates that Qigong cannot cure certain types of blood lipoid diseases and that other types of therapy should be used. 4. In our study, results showed no remarkable differences between triglyceride values of the patients from the Qigong group before or after they practiced Qigong (p>0.05). The reason, according to our analysis may have something do with Approved For Release 200010811A~ CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 the fact that most triglyceride values of these patients were a little higher than standard normal values (M + or - SD = 114.4 + or - 16.31 mg/dl) . Since Qigong has bi- directional adjustment effects, it works better when deviat- ing values aretoo high or too low. That is to say, its ad- justment effects are more remarkable. But for those values that are within the normal physiological mechanism, varia- tions are not remarkable. Therefore, there were no obvious differences in triglyceride values before or after Qigong practice. Summary 1. 49 patients were observed in this study. Their choles- terol and VLDL decreased remarkably (p<0.001) after practic- ing Doayin-Tuna Qigong for 116.4 days. 22 patients who did not practice Qigong and 12 patients who had just started did not achieve the same results as the Qigong group, which in- dicates that Qigong reduces blood lipoids. 2. The effects of Qigong improved through long-term prac- tice of Qigong continuously and seriously. Therefore, Qigong's therapeutic intensity should be achieved through increased amount of practice and treatment. References (1] Liu Yuanliang, "Bi-Directional Adjustment Effects of Doaying-Tuna' Qigong on Brain Blood Circulation, Chinese Qigong, 1985, 4:1. [2] Xu Tinghan, "Introduction of Treatment by Tuna Qigong on Coronary Atheroslerotic Heart Disease, Chinese Medicine in Shangxi, 1981, 5:28. (3) Xu Tinghan, et.al., "Clinical Observation of Treatments of Tuna Qigong on Coronary Atheroslerotic Heart Dis- ease, Cerebral Embolism Infraction, and Cerebral Atheroslerotic Diseases," Chinese Qigong, 1986, 1:7. [4] Liu Yuanling, et.al., "Effects of Daoyin-Qigong on Electro-Encephalograms and Skin Temperature," Chinese Medicine in Shanxi, 1982, 4:46. [5] Li Huanbin, et.al., "Effects of Qigong Meditation on Appearance Rate of Circulatory Sensibility Variations," Chinese Medicine in Shanxi, (Acupuncture Supplementary Issue), 1981, p.38. (6] Shanghai First Medical College, Practical Internal Medicine, People's Health Publisher, 1973, p.1357. 273 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 (7] Hunan medical college, Physiology, Biology, and Medicine, Science Publishers, 1981, p.72. Is) Nai Li, "Coronary Atheroslerotic Heart Diseases, Qigong Magazine, 1986, 4:147. [9) Chen Yunhao, et.al., "Treatment of Fifty-eight Cases of Coronary Atheroslerotic Heart Disease, 11 Qigong Magazine, 1986, 5:206. [10] Kuang Anfang, et.al., "Comparing observations of Qigong Treatments on 204 Cases of Hypertension over Twenty Years and the Study of its Mechanism," Magazine of Com- bined Western and Chinese Medicine, 1986, 6(l):9. (11] Ma Jiren, Theory of Chinese Qigong, Shanxi Science and Technology Publishers, 1983. 274 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Bi-Directional Adjustment of Daoyin-Tuna Qigong on Blood Pressure and Heart Rates Qin Chao (Department of Physiology, Xian Medical University), Feng Yangzhen and Yu Youmin (Health Research Institute of National Mechanism Industrial committee), iia Shan Ling and Guan Shongjiang (Qigong Science Research In stitute of Shanxi Province) Daoyin Tuna Qigong originated among the people of Sanxi.[l] Having used this Qigong in medical practice, we found that it had good curative effects on certain cardiovascular diseases.[2] In order to study the pathological and physiological mechanisms of these curative effects, we ob- served the effects of Daoyin-Tuna Qigong on cerebral blood circulation and the pulse of finger tip volume.[3,4] This study also made detailed comparisons of blood pressure and heart rates. I. Method Subjects of the observation: Hospitalized patients receiv- ing Daoyin-Tuna Qigong consisten of 23 males and 15 females with an average age of 47.3. They were grouped according to blood pressure and heart rate situations. Training of the Qigong Method: Daoyin-Tuna Qigong was prac- ticed with Dong (movement) and Jing (still) procedures on alternate days for several months. Testing Method: A Japanese made Sharp digital electric sphymomanometer was used to show blood pressure and heart rates simultaneously. Blood pressure was measured at the ar- teries of the subject's upper left arm after sitting quietly for three to five minutes. Two measurements were made two or three minutes apart to obtain average values. The obser- vations were made during hospitalization periods of 54 plus or minus 4.2 days after the Qigong therapy. Conditions of the patients before and after Jing or Dong gong methods were also observed. The measurement data was statistically processed by microcomputer. II. Results 1. Changes in Blood Pressure Before and After Treatment. According to the WHO diagnostic standard, blood pressure was grouped into high, low and normal. Results of blood pres- sure levels before and after Qigong treatment are shown in Table 1. We see that after Qigong treatment, in the high blood pressure group, systolic pressure decreased by an average of 18.5 mmHg. Differences were remarkable (p<0.05). Diastolic pressure decreased by an average of 6.9 mmHg. In the low blood pressure group, both systolic and diastolic Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 275 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 pressures tended to increase at the end of the treatment. There were no obvious changes in normal blood pressure groups either before or after treatment (p>0.1). Table 1 Blood Pressure Variations Before and After Daoyin--Tuna Qigong Treatment Ps I # 0 Grou. Sampi j Higl-_, Biood Pressure 13 Low Blood Prassure Norm_,al_'Bl~;d Pressure Blood Pressure before treatment (mmHg) Blood Pressure after treatment (mmHg) 180.5±24.7/105.9±15.1 162+22.1/99±11.9 3 88.7±7.3/56.2±6.8 22 116.9±15.3/73.4±7.5 89.3±8.1/61.9±7.2 116.6±13.4/72±6.15 2. Variations in blood pressure before and after Jing and Dong Qigong methods. Changes in blood pressure of 27 subjects tested before and after Jing Qigong. Average blood pressure bef ore Jing Qigong was 120.6/72.1 mmHg. Average blood pressure after was 120.2/74.8 mmHg. There were no obvious changes. We further analyzed 9 people whose blood pressure was above 130/85 mmHg and 9 people whose blood pressure was below 100/70 mmHg before Jing Qigong. Results indicate that the group with higher blood pressure had an average blood pres- sure of 151.4/97.2 mmHg before Qigong and 144.7/94.5 mmHg after Qigong. The low blood pressure group however, blood pressure readings increased with the average blood pressure before Qigong being 94.8/59.7 mmHg, and 98.6/65.3 mmHg after. Variations in blood pressure before and after Dong Qigong, Average blood pressure before Dong Qigong practice was 124.7/76.9 mmHg, and 126.3/77.4 mmHg afterwards. There were no obvious changes. In further analysis, we found that there was a decrease in blood pressure after Dong Qigong practice in the high blood pressure group with average blood pressure being 157.4/98.2 mmHg before Qigong, and 155.6/96.3 mmHg afterwards. There was an increase in the low blood pressure group after Qigong. Average blood pressure in this group before Qigong was 93.3/62.8 mmHg, and 99.8/66.8 mmHg after. These results indicate that there is a bi- directional adjustment effect of Qigong on blood pressure. 3. Variations in heart rates before and after Jing and Dong Qigong. Average heart rate before Jing Qigong was 72.7 and 70.4 after. Average heart rates before Dong Qigong were 68.8 and 70.3 after. There were no obvious changes. We further Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 276 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 analyzed the groups whose heart rates were higher than 85 and lower than 65 before Qigong. We found that the group which had higher heart rates had an average rate of 90 before Jing Qigong, but 82.8 after. The average heart rate before Dong Qigong was 91 and 78 after. The average heart rate after Jing and Dong Qigong decreased by 7.2 and 11 beats per minute respectively. In the lower heart rate group before Qigong practice, the average heart rate before Jing Qigong was 52.3 and 58 after and average heart rate with Dong Qigong increased from 58.2 to 64.3 after. In both cases, heart rates increased 5.7 and 6.1 respectively. These results also indicate the bi-directional adjustment effect of Qigong on heart rates. III. Discussion There have been reports concerning the effects of Qigong on blood pressure and heart rates from the human body but they all addressed unidirectional changes. (5,6) This study fur- ther observed bi-directional effects of Daoyin-Tuna Qigong on blood pressure and heart rates. Results before and after Qigong treatment indicate that blood pressure declined after treatment in the high blood pressure group, especially sys- tolic pressure. There was also an increase in the low blood pressure group. Blood pressure and heart rates before and after Jing and Dong Qigong both tended to have bi- directional variations. Overall however, we see that with bi-directional changes in blood pressure and heart rate, there was a tendency to move from high to low rather than from low to high. , It is generally considered that Qigong is a method of relax- ing body and mind. In Qigong, the sympathetic nervous sys- tem is in intense decline, and its mechanism causes low me- tabolism, low breath rates, low blood pressure and low heart rates. However, from our observation we found that not only these responses from the same Qigong method, but also op- posite responses such as higher blood pressure and heart rates occured as well. This is hard to explain using only the unidirectional analysis method. As a matter of fact, as one of the links of Qigong, the adjustment process has bi- directional characteristics. In other words, it can strengthen breathing and respiration by passing through the lungs, and cause the sympathetic and parasympathetic nervous systems to respond in excitement and inhibition alterna- tively. It can even readjust the activity form of the car- diovascular centers, and cause relevant responses in blood pressure and heart rate. Moreover, deep inhaling and exhal- ing are adjustment characteristics, so it is understandable that blood pressure and heart rate changes are bi- directional. In the Jing Qigong method, even though the ad- justment was weak, selections for concentration on different points of the body by Qigong practitioners consciously or unconsciously can cause completely different responses of Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 2-/-/ Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 the cardiovascular system (5,6). Also, variation of certain body fluid elements is a fact that should not be neglected and an issue for further research. References Ill Jie Shan Ling and Li Guohua, "Doayin-Tuna Qigong (Zhujigong)," Sports World, 7:33, 8:33, 1987. [2) Xu Tinghan, Liu Yuanliang, Jie Shanling, and Liang Xiaoxian, "Clinical Observations of Treatment with Tuna Qigong on Coronary Atheroslerotic Heart Diseases, Cerebral Infraction and Atheroscleroses," Chinese Qigong, 1:17, 1985. (3] Liu Yuanling, Xu Dinghan, and Jie Shanling, "Bi- Directional Effects of Daojing Methods on Cerebral Blood Circulation," Chinese Qigong, 4:2, 1985. [4] Feng Yiangzheng, Qing Chao, Yu Youming, Jie Shanling, and Liang Xizhai, "Effects of Daoyin-Tuna Qigong on Fingertip Volume," Research Papers from the First An- nual Academic Meeting by the Institute of Chinese Qigong Science, 1987. (5] Wang Mingwei, "Progress of Qigong Treatment Research on High Blood Pressure in the Past 25 years," Nature Magazine, 8(5):354, 8(6):436, 1985. (6] Kuang Anfang, Jiang Minda, Wang Chongxing, Zhao, Grangsheng, and Xudinghai, "Study of Qigong Principles on High Blood Pressure Cases," Magazine of Traditional Chinese Medicine, 21(10):7, 1980. (7] Xiao Jun, Chai Xongjing, Ren Shaozhen, He Juren.; Chang Qiji, and Chang Jiangli, "Rate of Metabolism of the Body in Qigong Practice," Journal of Physiology, 26 (1) :1, 1963. (8] McGrady A., et.al., "Effect of Biofeedback-assisted Relaxation on Blood Pressure and cortisone Levels in Tensity and Hypersensitivity," Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 10(3):301, 1987. 278 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 observation of the Effects of Lowering Blood Lipoid with Doayin-Tuna Qigong Liu Yuanliang (Qigong Research Room of Zhejiang College of Chinese medicine), Xu Tinghan (Lingtong Convalescent Hospi- tal for Workers in Shangxi Province), Jie Shanling (Shanxi Research Institute of Qigong Science), He Shihai (Qigong Hospital of Zhejiang medical Qigong Research Institute) Introduction We observed effects of Daoyin-Tuna Qigong on diseases caused by high blood lipoid. Eighty-three patients in three groups were observed. There were 49 hospitalized patients who practiced Qigong in the group. 22 hospitalized patients did not practice Qigong in comparison group 1. 12 clinical patients practiced Qigong only for a short period of time in comparison group 2. Results: Blood lipoid values decreased obviously in the Qigong group after the patients practiced Qigong for an average of 116.4 days an average of 5 hours per day. The amount of blood lipoids decreased along with lower cholesterol, triglyceride, and B-lipoid protein by 75.5%, 67.4%, and 83.7% respectively. There were no obvious declines in comparison groups 2 and 3 which indicated that Qigong lowering blood fat levels. The length of time of Qigong practice was an important factor affecting curative effects. We also discussed the mechanism of the Qigong ef- fects and factors. Doayin-Tuna Qigong may be said to be the "Ermei Qigong Method," which belongs to Tuna (Exhaling and Inhaling) style. This kind of Qigong is unique in its method of breathing, intensity of actions, and may work along with massage, which differs from most Qigong styles.[l] We have reported before [2,3) that Daoyin-Tuna Qigong has good cura- tive effects on diseases caused by lack of blood in the heart and brain and chronic diseases caused by old age such as hypertension, coronary atheroslerotic heart disease, se- quelae of apoplexy, and cerebral atheroscleroses. We also reported that there were changes in electro-encephalograms, rheoencephalogram, skin vascular movement, and the ap- pearance rate of circulatory nerve sensibility of people with good Daoyin-Tuna Qigong skills, which indicates that Daoyin-Tuna Qigong can have good adjustment effects on many physiological functions.[4,1,5] This study further observed the effects of reducing blood lipoids by this kind of Qigong and effects of lowering blood fat caused by the length of time of Qigong practice. We also studied ways of curing diseases by Qigong and other factors. 279 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 I. Method 1. Subjects of observation. (1) 49 hospitalized patients in Qigong wards in the Qigong group consisting of 41 males and 8 females ranging in age from 33 to 76. The average age was 51.6. Diseases of these patients included mainly hypertension, coronary atheros- lerotic heart disease, sequelae of apoplexy, cerebral atheroscleroses, chronic disease of old age such as bronchitis, emphysema, lack of muscular strength and silicosis. Elderly patients who had high blood fat were also included. (2) 22 clinical patients in comparison group I who did not practice Qigong consisting of 8 males and 4 females ranging in age from 46 to 64. Average age was 56.7. Their diseases were the same as the Qigong group. (3) 12 clinical patients who practiced Qigong for a short period of time in comparison group 2 including 8 males and 4 females ranging in age from 46 to 64. Average age was 56.7. Their diseases were the same as those in comparison group 2. Patients in all three groups were seeking treatment because of other diseases, but were found to have higher blood fat than normal. 2. Type of Qigong. Doayin-Tuna Qigong was practiced by all patients in the Qigong group and comparison group 1. It was not practiced by comparison group 2. 3. Time of Qigong Practice. (1) Qigong group: Dong Qigong was practiced about 1.5 to 2 hours every morning and evening. Jing Qigong was practiced about 1/2 hour to I hour every morning and afternoon. Total time of Qigong practice was about 5 hours. The length of time of Qigong practice gradually increased according to the situation of the patient. Average time of Qigong practice for patients in this group was 116.4 days. (2) Comparison group 1: Qigong was not practiced by these patients. Average hospitalization was 98.2 days. (3) Comparison group 2: Qigong minutes per day. Total number was 15 to 30. The average number 4. Observation Index: was practiced less than 30 of days of Qigong practice of days was 24.3. Normal value of blood lipoids. According to "Practical In- ternal Medicine" and the situations in our laboratory, the standards for high blood lipoids were: Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CiAO-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Serum cholesterol > (or equal) 130 mg/dl as the high, 200 - 229 mg/dl as very high. Triglyceride > (or equal) 130 mg/di as the high 100 - 129 mg/dl considered very high. B-lipoprotein (very low density) > (or equal) 500 mg/dl as the high, 450 - 499 considered as very high. If the patients had more than two items from above, they were included as subjects for observation. II. Results 1. Comparison of Qigong and non-Qigong groups. (1) From cases with lowered blood lipoids shown in Table 1, we see that a higher number of cases in which blood lipoids decreased came from patients who had practiced Qigong. (2) From the statistical analysis of the blood lipoid values (Table 2), we see that cholesterol and VLDL (very low density) lipoprotein values of patients in the Qigong group decreased obviously after Qigong practice (p<0.001). Table 3 indicates that cholesterol (VLDL) values of those from the non-Qigong group were a -little higher when they left the hospital than when they entered. However, there were no remarkable differences (p>0.5) after the data was processed, which indicates that Qigong practice can reduce blood lipoids. There also were no obvious differences in Triglyceride values before of after Qigong practice (p>0.05, P>0.10). Table 1 Case Statistics of Variations in Blood Lipoid Values between Qigong and Non-Qigong Group I Qigong Group (N=49)1 Comparison Group.L(N=22) ReductionIncrease.lReductionIncrease (cases) 1(cases)1(cases) I (cases) % % % % 1 Cholesterol37 75.5%12 24.5%10 45.5% 12 54.5% Triglyceride33 67.4%16 32.6%9 40.9% 13 69.1% VLDL 41 83.7%8 16.3% 8 36.4% 14 63.6% 1 1 1 281 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Table 3 Excreted Amount of Urinary Catecholamines from Yangqigong Practitioners (nmole/hr). Length of Nn. Adri~n-aline_ Noradren aline' of Time of times-,.TKithout WithQigoncWithout With Qigong Qigong teste Qigong Practice-Qigong Practice F~r4cti More than two y2ars 16 2.41.5 3.42.6* 8.84.1 12.6 Less than 18 I.T1.2 1.91.9 6.12.5 7.83.8 I two years t test comparison *p,-'0.05 with 5 no Qigong practice, Table 4 Excreted Amount of Urinary Catecholamines form Zhanzhuanggong (nmole/hr). Length of Ne. Time of O'f Qigang t1M2E Practice teste A~3renaline without with Qigong Qigong Noradrenaline without'l wit-h Qigong Qigong~ more than 17 .1 1.2±0.7 2.1±1.4*'~ 8.7±4.6 9.0±4.9 two years less than 19 1.9±1.0 1.9±1.4 8.6±4.4 10.4±4.9 two years t test comparison with no Qigong practice. p< 0.01 It is shown in Tables 3 and 4 that the excreted amounts of the adrenalin for those who practiced Zhanzhuanggong and Yangqigong more than two years increased remarkably. For those who had practiced Qigong less than two years, there was no remarkable change in the excreted amount of the adrenalin gland. This indicates that there is a relation- ship between the length of time of Qigong practice and the amount of catecholamines excreted. III. Discussion It is seen from these results that no matter what kind of Qigong, the amount of urinary catecholamines excreted ap- pears to increase. Though some of the increases did not reach a remarkable level, there has not been a decrease in excreted amounts after any kind of Qigong practice. Moreover, there is a relationship between the length of time Qigong practice and amounts excreted. There was a remarkable increase in the amount of adrenalin excreted after Qigong practice from those who had practiced Yangqigong and Zhanzhuanggong more than two years. The average period of Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 262 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Table 2 Comparison of Blood Lipoid Values Before and After Qigong Practice from Qigong Practice Before Qigong After Qigong~ MSD Mg/dI MSD mg/dI Cholesterol 292.1063.55 263.6055.94<0.001 Triglyceride 114.4016.31 111.0015.37>0.05 VLDL 1 665.00 233.22 527.40 229.81<0.001 Table 3 Comparison of Blood Lipoid Values in Comparison Group 1 as Patients Entered and Left Hospital At entering Leaving Hospital Hospital MSD mg/dI MSD mgldl p value Cholesterol 311.2044.29 306.8047.94 >0. 5 Triglyceride 125.6011.37 127.5011.45 >0. I VLDL 762.22164.89 776.50178.78 >0. 5 2. Comparison of effects on lowering blood lipoid by dif- ferent lengths of time in Qigong practice. (1) Comparison of number of cases with lowered blood lipoids. Table 4 lists statistics on numbers of cases in which patient's blood lipoid values changed from comparison group 2 (clinical patients who had only practiced Qigong for a short period). This indicates that if the period of time of Qigong practice was too short, the number of cases in which the blood fat value was reduced was almost equal to the cases in which the blood lipoids increased, which was ob- viously different from the statistics in the table showing most of the cases having a decrease in blood lipoids in the Qigong group. 282 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Table 4 Case Statistics of variations in Amount of Blood Lipoids from Qigong Group and Comparison Group 2 Qigong Gr up (N=49) Conparison Group 2 (N=12Y. ! Reductionl Increase Reduction; increase--.- (cases) % (c (cases) % (cases) Cholesterol 37 75.5%12 24.5 7 58.3 5 41.7 Triglyceride 33 67.4 16 32.6 6 60.0 6 50.0 VIDL 41 83.7 8 16.3 5 41.7 7 58.3 (2) Statistics on variations of blood lipoid values. From Table 5, we see that for those who practiced Qigong for short periods of time (less than 30 minutes per day with to- tal practice time less than 30 days), there were no obvious changes in their blood lipoid values before or after Qigong practice (p<0.1), which indicates that there was a remark- able effect on lowering the blood lipoids with increased Qigong practice (including days of Qigong practice and the time of Qigong practice each day). The longer Qigong was practiced, the more obvious were the effects of lowering the blood lipoids. If the time of Qigong practice was too short, then the results were not obvious. Table 5 Case Statisticsof Changes Amount of Lipoids from in Blood Comparison After Qigong Group 2 Practice Before and (n=12) Before QigongAfter Qigong p Value AfSD mg/dI MSD rng/di Cliolesterol297.5032.33 311.8348.81 >0. 2 Triglyceride124.606.51 127.5013.33 >0. 2 658.2087.22 689.20 112.02>0. I J 283 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Primary Study of Effects on "True Qi movement Method" on Functional Index of the Endocrinology of Children Hu Mingyou, Wang Yumin, Shen Dongyun, and Hong Heqao (Air Force Hospital in Lanzhou), Yang YunLiang (Lanzhou People's Hospital in An Ning Area) Qigong is a precious cultural heritage of our country. The effects of Qigong on the human body are very complicated. Qian Xueshen pointed out that there will be a new scientific revolution once we combine Qigong and traditional medicine with modern scientific techniques. There have previously been reports on the effects of Qigong on the endocrinology of the human body. (1) In order to further study the effects of the "True Qi Movement Method" (2] on endocrinology, we tested four functional indices of endocrinology on children before and after they practiced Qigong. I. Subjects of Observation and Method. 67 healthy students were observed in our study. Among them were 28 males and 39 females. Their ages ranged from 13 to 16 with average age being 14.68. observations were made before and after the Qigong practice period (90 days) . Blood was drawn from the subjects in two groups before and after Qigong and refrigerated for examination after the serum was separated. The experimental method used was the method.[3) T3 T4 medications were Chemical Reagent Institute. Cortex mone were offered by the Shanghai stitute. Instructions for the usage followed. II. Results radio immunity testing offered by the Shanghai alcohol and growth hor- Biology Products In- of these products were The attached table lists results of four items before and after the 67 subjects received the True Qi Movement Method. 97% of the subjects (65 out of 67) had reduced levels after Qigong treatment. Reductions ranged from 0.21 to 1.64 ng/ml. The T4 of 18 subjects (26.9%) increased. Increases ranged from 0.06 to 10.66 ug%. 67 subjects were tested for cortex alcohol. 22 (32.8%) showed increased amounts ranging from 0.3 to 13.5 ng/ml. 45 showed reduced amounts ranging from 0.4 to 17.1 ng/ml. The growth hormone of 43 subjects (64.2%) increased with ranges between 0.3 and 18.2 ng/ml. 24 (35.8%) cases showed reductions with ranges from 0.2 to 23.5 ng/ml. Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 284 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Four Items of Endocrinology of 67 Juvenile Subjects Before and After True Qi movement Method (X + SD) mests r,ng/mi T,pg % Cortex HG[Ing/ml Alcohol ng/ml Before Qigong 1.810.36 14.713.4715-994.33 7.115.4 ~Af-ter Qigong 1.03 0.2112.173.6912.4914.97 8.86 6.16 16.64 3.81 5.07 1.6 P <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 >0.05 III. Discussion (Shan Dian Jiazuang Xian Yun An Suan- -Trans 1 iteration of Chinese Term) (T3) and Thyroxine (T4) have extensive biological effects. The thyroid gland functions however, are limited by many factors such as the amount of inorganic iodine absorbed, some chemical and physical factors and other stress response effects. The thyroid gland is there- fore controlled and adjusted by the endocrinology system to maintain a normal nervous or metabolizm situation.(4] The amount of T3 and T4 in the subjects after their Qigong prac- tice decreased which indicates that due to the True Qi Move- ment Method, concentration increased and distracting thoughts decreased. The cerebrum remained in a state of peace so that energy in the cerebrum area could remain focused. Thus there was a qualitative change in brain func- tions. In other words, Qigong directly stimulats the coor- dination of the central nervous system in the cerebrum. On the other hand, this result could be connected with lower- thalamus through the thalamus to all parts of the body. The lower thalamus is the autonomic nervous center. All body signals can be transmitte 'd through thalamus to the forebrain area which deals with conscious thinking. The forebrain can also send out conscious messages to the lower thalamus which leads to high levels of coordination of physiological ac- tivities. The gradual process from "no order" to "in order" enables the cerebrum nerves to be relieved of tension so that fatigue dissipates. Cortex alcohol is a hormone secreted by the adrenal cortex. These secretion functions are not automatic. Instead, the control and adjustment functions are directed by the central nervous system and the cerebral cortex through thalamus. There is a close relationship between the pituitary gland and the contact of the nervous system with the environment. Cortex alcohol levels secreted deceased after Qigong prac- tice due to the True Qi Movement Methods dredging of chan- nels and subsidiary channels in the body and strengthening the self-adjustment function. Thus the replenishing rate of protein decreased and the variation in enzymatic activities Approved For Release 2000/08/102~PIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 strengthened immunity. Since composing and secreting of the adrenal cortex hormone in the body is adjusted by the hor- mone that stimulates the adrenal cortex released by the pituitary gland and the secretion of hormones that stimu- lates the adrenal cortex is adjusted by the lower thalamus, the adjustment effect is achieved through the lower thalamus by secreting releasing factors. The True Qi Movement Method reduced all kinds of feelings to their lowest levels by self -restraining effects, which placed the cerebrum in a particularly self-restraining situation. Therefore, the composing and releasing of the adrenal cortex hormone decreases, and the adjustment of the mechanism, balance of Ying and Yang, and the dredge of channels and subsidiary channels in the body are achieved. Growth hormone is a protein hormone released by the pituitary gland. The adjustments in growth hormone are af- fected by many factors both inside and outside the body. These factors usually stimulate nerve centers directly or indirectly to affect the lower thalamus which deals with the adjusting and releasing of the growth hormone and causes the secretion of gland hypo-physics. However, statistics show that no obvious differences in the amount of growth hormone secreted before and after Qigong which is inconsistent with previous results. In the report from the Mahazuish European Research University in Switzerland, it was reported that for people who practiced Qigong for a long period of time, the efficiency of their physiological functions increased, biochemical systems that adjust the balance of organisms were more stable and accurate, metabolizm rates decreased, the growth hormone secreted also decreased, and the ef- ficiency of the stability mechanism increased. There has been no report however, of study of the endocrinology of the juvenile. As to the fact that the subject's growth hormone increased after Qigong in our study, we assume that this may be caused by the content of the growth hormone in plasma due to their age while they were in the growth period. There is a relationship between the secretion rate and the maturity of the central nervous system. Only the plasma growth hor- mone in youth is close to the level of that in an adult. As to changes of endocrinology after Qigong, we assume this may be caused by the True Qi Movement Method meditation which adjusts the breath, concentrates on non-Qigong dis- turbing thoughts the concentration of internal adjustment, which leads the cerebrum to a process of internal restraint. Modern medical science also proves the objective effect be- tween spirit and body which is achieved from the cerebral cortex, lower thalamus, reticular agitation system, through the autonomic nervous system and the endocrinology systems. The beneficial effects of Qigong on the body result from Qigong exercising the cerebrum, enabling the cerebrum to achieve a state of Qigong exceptional function, which makes internal organs function with their intrinsic potential to fulfill purposes of promoting health and curing disease. Approved For Release 2000/0MW : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 References [1) Li Shaobo, et.al., "Enhancement of the Extent of Human Biological order," Journal of True Qi Movement, Ganshu College of Chinese Medicine, 1:18, 1983. (2) Li Shaobo, "True Qi Movement Method," Ganshu People's Publishers, 1979. (3] Xiao Xiangxong, "Practical Radioimmunity Analysis method and its Clinical significance," Dong Ji University, 1984. [4) Li Zhenjia and Wang Renzhi (Chief Editors), "Analysis of Hormone by Radioimmunity Method," Scientific Tech- nique Document Publishers. (5] Pang Zhuru, "New Explanations on the Theory of Effects of Qigong on Promotion of Health and curing, of Dis- eases, Chinese Qigong, 1:18, 1985. (6) Shanghai First Hospital, Medical Biology I, People's Health Publishers. 287 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Effects of Zhoutian Mingmen Qigong on Malignant Tumors Luo Sen, Tongjianming, et.al. (Zheiian Research Institute of Chinese Traditional medicine, Hang Zhou Qigong Hospital) Malignant tumors are one of three leading causes of death in the world. More than 700,000 people die from them in our country each year. Presently, malignant tumors are treated mainly through operations, radiation and chemicals. The common factor of these treatments involve killing tumor cells, however healthy cells are also killed in the process especially in radiation and chemical treatment. Healthy or- gans, particularly marrow, the alimentary canal, reproduc- tive cells and the central nervous system can be function- ally and organically damaged.[1] If further damage occurs, functions of producing blood by marrow and immunity decrease in effectiveness. Leukocytes, thrombocytes, and hemoglobins are then not produced in the necessary numbers. Also, ele- ments restraining the organic immunity are produced.[2) Treatments are not always suspended at this point. It is our view that in Qigong practice, the body enters into a state of Qigong which diffe.rs from a normal situation. Qigong enables a person's vitality to be stimulated, util- ized and concentrated enabling channels and collaterals to be dredged, regulate one's vigor and adjust irregularities of the internal organs. Thus the purposes of promoting health and curing disease can be achieved by Qigong prac- tice. Therefore, we did some primary studies on Qigong treatments on malignant tumors by observing variations in laboratory hemogram indices of the transforming functions of T-lympocyte and 17-hydrocarbon cholesterol. Positive results of Qigong practice were achieved. I. Subjects of Observation 80 hospitalized patients were observed. Among them were 48 males and 32 females. The oldest was 75 and the youngest 26 with average age being 51. Patients were divided into three groups according to the treatment method. Group 1 involved chemical treatment of 12 males and 13 females. Group 2 in- volved Qigong and chemical treatment of 14 males and 11 females. Group 3 involved Qigong treatment only of 22 males and 8 females. Sixteen kinds of malignant tumors were in- cluded (see Table 1). Patient's were diagnosed using the cytology method and x-ray exams. Most tumor patients had had operations, radiation, and chemical treatment (stages I or II) or had taken traditional Chinese medicines before they were hospitalized. Few were in the late stage of spreading metastasis. 288 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 II. Methods of Qigong Practice and Experiments 1. The Qigong group was trained in "Chotian Mingmen Qigong" by Professor Lo Shen, author of this article. Qigong prac- tice consists of eight Qigong methods including; ...Tunyueshong, Jinggong, Diegun, Zhanzhuanggong, and Mingmen Daiji Donggong. Traditional Chinese medicines were used as supplementary treatment. The Qigong and chemical treatment group had the same simultaneous treatment as Group 1. Group 3 mainly had chemical treatment. Primary medicines used were Changchun New Alkali, cyclophoshamide, 5-Fluorouracil [Piying Lu Su--transliteration of Chinese term], and phrimethylamine. Traditional Chinese medicines were also used for supplementary treatment. Qigong training and ob- servation lasted 60 days. 2. The amount of erythrocytes, leukocytes, hemoglobin, and thrombocytes (by laboratory routine test) in the blood before and gfter treatment. The T-lymphocyte transforming function (H -TdRLT) was part of the patient's examination. Also, 24 hours before and after the last week of Qigong treatment, the amount of 17-hydrocarbon cholesterol excreted in the patient's urine was tested (with colorimetric analysis). The attached figure illustrates the comparison between listing the 17-hydrocarbon cholesterol excreted of five patient's urine 24 hours before and after Qigong prac- tice. (Z + or - SD 482 + or - 2.5055), t value = 3.3478,(p value<0.05). III. Results 1. Hemogram variations before and after the treatment. In 30 cases from the Qigong group, the patient's leukocyte, erythrocyte, and hemoglobin values all increased obviously (p<0.01) after Qigong practice. There were no obvious changes in the thrombocyte value (p>0.05). The leukocyte value of the patients from the Qigong-chemical treatment group all increased slightly, but not remarkably (p>0.05). Their erythrocytes, thrombocytes, and hemoglobin all in- creased remarkably (p<0.01). There were decreases (p<0.05 - 0.01) in the leukocytes, erythrocytes, hemoglobin and throm- bocytes of the 25 patients from the chemical treatment group (see Table 2). The erythrocytes and hemoglobin increased obviously (p<0.01) after the 14 patients in the Qigong treatment group practiced Qigong. Their leukocytes and thrombocytes also increased (p<0.05). (See Tables 2 and 3). 289 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 'Table 1 Statistics of Types of Malignant Tumors of Patients Treatment Chemical-Qigong Tumor --- Groups TreatmentChemical Qigong Types Group Treatment Group nosopEaryngenal Gr SUP carcinoma 2 3 14 breast cancer 5 2 lung cancer 4 stomach cancer 4 3 1 aesophagus cancer 2 vocal chord cancer adenoma cancer 2 tonsil cancer lyrnph__gland cancer testicle cancer ovary cancer uterine cancer tongue cancer pancreas cancer liver cancer 2 larynx cancer Total cases 25 30 2. Var ations in the T-lymphocyte cell transforming fun tion (H -TdRLT) before and after Qigong practice. The H TdRLT of six patients from the Qigong group increased remarkably after Qigong practice (p<0.05). There were no obvious variations in the results of 7 patients from t e Qigong-chemical treatment group, however (p>0.05). The H~- TdRLT of 7 patients in the Qigong group who had cancer of the nasopharynx increased remarkable after Qigong practice (p<0.01). (See Table 3) 290 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000108/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Chemical Groups Treatment Items Group ,red Obser-ved~ (n=25) Qigong Qigong Group Chemical Qigong Treatment Group with cancer of Group (n=25)1 (n=30) Nosopharynx (n=14) Leuocyte Before treatment 7088 Z, 10000/mm3 A-Fter treatment Z24 4793.6 ;Variation before' 2294~:637.86 aild after Z_tSD t value 3.59 P Value <0.01 5808 4750 4207. 14 5860 5720 5500 52--,-409.88p20352.01 1292.861971.51 1.269 2.7556 2.45 >0.05 <0.01 <0.05 erythrocyte 321.6 Before treatment Zj ,0000/mm3 1 289 'After treatment Z2 Variation before 32.68.55 and after Z+SD t value 3.8131 n vnInpi 341 263.2 t 22.2±6.50 8.415 327 365.833 t 38.83±8.56 4.5389 <0.01 $26.07 374.64 t 48.57±54.61 3.33 <0.01 Table 2 (continued) I j Qiaong & I Groups Chemical Ch6mical I Qigong Items Trea ent . I Group Gr Treatment Obser-ved u (n=2 5) Group (n=25) (n=30) 0 1 i Ha.emoglobin Before Treatment9.612 10.308 1 z1 .After Treatment Z2 8.4.36 10.868 :Variation Before land After Z+SD 1.1762.95 t 0.561.74 t Value 3.9899 3.2207 P Value <0.01 <0.01 Qigong Group With cancer of Nosepharyny, (n=14) 9.563 11.02 t 1.457±2.76 5.2817 <0.01 Blood jBefore Treatmentl zi 14.784 Platelet s FAfter Treatment- 100 ,n3 ! 411.796 00/r, 1 IZ2 lVariation Before 4 2.5881.24 and After Z+S j t Value 1 2.0909 p Value I <0.05 11.584 11.892 t 0.308±Q.84 3.6714 <0.01 11.123 12.446 t 1.323±9.11 1.452 9.72 1 11.24 1.54±1.67 3.46 <0.01, 10.21 12.18 t 1.99±3.43 2.17 >0.05 <0.05 Table 2 Statistics of Hemograms of all Patient's with Malignant Tumors Before and After Treatment Approved For Release 2000/08/10 C2rAOIRDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Table 3 3_TDRLT) of Patients T-Lymphocyte Transforming Function (H Before and After Qigong Practice it ems NO. cpm/0. 1m, cpm/0. of 1nn Grou ~s Cases Z+ SD BeforeAfter t Valuep Value ~ _ 7 1 Qigong 6 gong Chemical Qigong 7 4378.42010.636715 0.67 60,05 19601 Treatment Qigong ' 7256.7 5823 31171 2.46 <0.05 Treatment6 23112 Qigong Group 7 <0.01 with Cancer 53 12. 14 0526 97 3.64 of 3250.98 .57 2 13630. Nospharynx 3. Excretion variations of 17-hydrocarbon cholesterol in urine bef ore and after Qigong Practice. There were remark- able decreases in the amount of 17-hydrocarbon cholesterol or five patients from the Qigong group who had cancer of the nasopharynx (p<0.05). (See attached illustration). LO ~4 20 _T_ r: 10. Normal Values 5 Before Qigong After Qigong Practice Practice Picture attached iv Typical Cases Case 1: Mr. iian, male, age 47, public servant. Hospitalization number 00110. Mr. iian received cobalt-60 radiation treatment in Hangzhou Tumor Hospital one year ago due to cancer of the nasopharynx. He was not able to work due to migraines, exhaustion, cold sweat, blood snivel, and depression. There was no improvement after using several types of medication. He joined the Qigong treatment in our hospital in March, 1985. He was found to b wan, sallow and weak. His3 leukocytes measured at 2400/mms, hemoglobin at Sg%, and H _TdRLT at 5942 cpm/0.1 ml. After two months of Choutian Mingmen Qigong practice, all of his symptoms disap- peared. His physique improved. The leukocytes were re- Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000108110: CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 measured at 4000/mm3 thrombocyte at 370 per loooo mm3 3 hemoglobin at 11.2g%, H _TdRLT at 17710 cpm/0.1 ml (an im- provement of 300%). He was able to work normally after leaving the hospital. Case 2: Mr. Yang, male, age 35, driver. Hospitalization number 00103. Mr. Yang also received cobalt-60 radiation treatment in Hangzhou Tumor Hospital six months before be- cause of cancer of the nasopharynx. He had been staying home since then due to dizzyness, weakness, and a seriously stuffed up nose. He joined the Qigong treatment group in March, 1985. His thrombocytes tested upon entering the hospital were 300 per 10,000 MM3 F leukocytes at 5100/mm3 41 hemoglobin at 9g%, H3_TdRLT at 11361 cpm/0.1 ml. After two months of Qigong practice, all of his symptoms disappeareg- His thrombocytes were re-measured at 355 10 000 mm , leukocytes at 6500/ 1MM3 , hemoglobin at 11g%, HY-TdRLT at 26174 gm/0.1 ml (200% greater). He is now back at work. IV. Discussion 1. It is felt that in traditional medicine, causes of tumors result from long-term irregular diets, depression, internal lesions caused by overexertion, externally unheal- thy environmental influences which cause imbalances of Ying and Yang, vital energy and blood circulation; deficiencies of internal organs, channels and collaterals. This results in stagnation of the circulation of vital energy and blood flow, accumulation of humidity and illness, and collections of unhealthy obstacles. The saying, "If the internal organs lose true Qi, then evil Qi emerges (Zhong zhangjing). In other words, if there is a deficiency of vital energy and blood, all kinds of diseases thus emerge (NeiJing). There- fore, principles of treatment are based on eliminating un- healthy elements and providing vital energy, dredging chan- nels, collaterals and blood circulation. Cases from our study prove that all chemical examination indices of patients after they practice Qigong changes remarkably. Even in the Qigong-chemical treatment group, ther'e were ob- vious decreases (p<0.01), which basically stayed on the level of that before treatment (p>0.05). But there were remarkable increases in erythrombocytes and leukocytes (p<0.01). This indicates that Choutian Mingmen Qigong could not only reduce the side effects of chemical treatment and help the internal organic situation to be in balance in or- der to improve organic ability of the chemical treatment, but also improve the body's ability to produce blood and im- munity, and strengthen physique. 2. It is shown by modern medical research that changes and abnormal situations of the main elements in blood such as leukocyte, erythrocyte, hemoglobin, and thrombocyte reflect the organic situation of the human body, which are the most important indices. our study indicates that after a two- Approved For Release 2000108110: CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 293 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 month self-adjustment, all physiques of the 30 patients in the Qigong group have improved dramatically. There were remarkable increases in their leukocytes, erthrocytes and hemoglobin (p<0.01), yet there were no obvious changes in thrombocyte (p>0.05). Erythrocyte and hemoglobin of the 14 patients from the Qigong group who had cancer of the nasopharynx increased obviously (p<0.01). There were also increases in their leukocyte and thrombocyte (p<0.05). Im- provements in organic ability of delivering oxygen and other nutritious substances resulted from the increases of erythrocyte and hemoglobin. The ability to provide energy also improved which helped the recovery of tumor patient's netabolizm functions. It. was also found recently that erythrocytes can adjust the ability of organic self- protection. Recent research indicates that leukocytes con- tain many kinds of enzymes, which have engulfing ability. Therefore, improvements in biological functions (leukocyte, erythrocyte, hemoglobin, and thrombocyte) are the basis of Qigong treatment on malignant tumors. 3. Mr. Liu Qingluen reported 125 cases of cancer of the nasopharynx diagnosed by the pathological method which had not yet received treatment. He f Yund that after radiation treatment, for those who had low H -TdRLT, the prognosis was unfavorable. Their life expectancy was short. Those who had better immunity however, lived longer. It is assumed in modern medicine that there is a close relationship between cellular immunity, appearance of and development of tumors. There is however, a lim; t to ?rganic immunity potential. When tumor cells exceed 10 x 10 , they cannot all be killed. If there is a small number of tumor cells and the patient has a good cell immunity system, then the tumor cells can be killed effectively by the immunity system and metastasis can be prevented. Therefore, it is very important to improve the immunity system. In our study, 7 patients in the Qigong group who had cancer of the nasopharynx practiced Qigong for two months to stimulate t ~e organic immunity system. The results prove that their H - TdRLT ability improved. There were obvious differences before and after Qigong practice (p<0.01). 4. Our study shows that after about 50 days of Qigong prac- tice, the 17-hydrocarbon cholesterol excreted in the urine of the five patients who had cancer of the nasopharynx in the Qigong group appeared to decrease. This result was con- sistent with the conjecture made by an Australian doctor, who explained that practicing Jingzho Qigong (peaceful sit- ting Qigong) can reduce the cortex hormone level and strengthen the immunity of the body by reaching a calm state. Our reasoning: 1. By relaxing the cerebral cortex, Qigong keeps the brain in a working state, which brings negative feedback of the cerebral cortex hormone into full play and Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 294 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 also helps the nerve f luid system to be balanced and the hormone level to be reduced. 2. Qigong practice can keep vital energy and blood circulating, improve blood producing ability, nourish the kidney, and recuperate Ying and Yang, so that the adrenalin secreting hormone is adjusted ade- quately. 5. Zhoutian Mingmen Qigong is mainly an emphasis on exer- cising the Jing, Qi, Jing in the body. In different Qigong states, special breathing techniques, and self-controlled thought, internal Qi (YunQi) is stimulated to circulate fol- lowing the channel nets to reach a balance of Ying and Yang. It also adjusts the vital energy and blood circulations, dredges the channels and collaterals, and helps in the ad- justments and recovery of biological functions in the body. our study indicates that erythrocyte, leukocyte, hemoglobin, thrombocyte, the immunity system, and endocrine system in the body are all involved in this adjusting process. According to the report from Feng DaLi, the efficiency rate of destruction of cancer cells directly by external Qi is 30.72%. Is there a direct effect on destroying cancer cells by internal Qi? This is still a problem which needs to be solved. our study however, indicates that there are reli- able effects and a substantial basis for proving that Qigong treatment can prevent and cure malignant tumors. References (1] Wang Zhenyun,, "Preventing and Curing Malignant Tumors with Chemical Treatment," Hei Lonjiang science and Technology Publishers, 1983. (2] Bacucekobt, "Effects of Red Blood Cells on Maintaining the Situational Stability of organic Immunity," Over- .seas Medicine, and Immunity, 1985, 1:44. [3] Liu Qingloun, et.al., "Relationship of Cell Immunity of Patients with Cancer of the Nasopharynx and Recovery of Transforming of Lymphocyte After Five Years," Cancer, 1984, 3(2):101-103. [4) Cheng Han, "Reports from Australia," Qigong, 1983, 1:44. (5] Feng Lida, et.al., "Study of the External Effects of Qi on Carcinoma of the Cervix Uteri," Nature Magazine, VIII, (1):51. 295 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 clinical Efficiency and mechanism Approach of Eyels Qigong Exercise to Treat myopia Wang Yuqin, Zhang Guifang, and Wang Ximing Piamusi Medical College) The eye Qigong exercise was invented by our research group through scientific theories and clinical experience. The whole program includes eight steps. (1,2] Step 1. Preparation posture (see figure 1). Separate the feet to shoulder width. Drop arms naturally. Look forward with. both eyes. Air>- 2,0' X4 Figure 1. Preparation posture Figure 2. Eye turning Figure 1. caption needed Figure 2. caption needed Step 2. Rotating the eyes (see Figure 2). Rotate the eyes up, down, left, right, and across in clockwise and counter- clockwise directions. Step 3. Tiger-like glare (see Figure 3). Close the eyes and rest for 20 seconds then open the eyes widely and stare forward for about 10 seconds. Step 4. Developing Qi with eyes closed (see Figure 4). Slowly close the eyes after Step 4. Stand still. Step 5. Directing Qi by opening and closing hands (see Figure 5). Place the hands in frot of the chest with palms facing each other. Slowly pull apart the palms and then slowly push them back. Repeat 16 to 32 tines. Approved For Release 2000/08/16"CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Figure 3. Tiger-like glareI Figure 4 Figure 5 Figure 6 Developing Qi with Directing Qi by Pushing close and closed eyes opening and closing pulling far hands Step 6. Pushing near and pulling far (see Figure 6). Turn the palms facing upward. Slowly move them in front of the eyes. Slowly pull the hands away with palms facing the eyes then slowly push the palms toward the eyes. Repeat 16 to 32 times (2x8 or 4x8 beats). Step 7. Massaging Eye Areas (see Figure 7). Place the hand about two inches away, then move the hand around the eye balls clockwise eight times. Then turn hands counterclock- wise eight ti s. me 297 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 0a Figure 7. Massaging Eye Areas Figure 8. Directing Qi back to vitality Step 8. Directing Qi back to vitality. Move two hands down slowly from both sides of the nose. When the hands move to the front of the chest, turn the palms downward. Continue to move the hands down toward the Dantian acupoint, then move them to the sides of the body. Repeat three times. Return to preparation posture. 1. Results of the Eye Qigong Exercise We observed the effects of 528 college, middle school, and elementary school students. The average efficiency was 75.64% (see Table 1). The relationship between different treatments and the curative effects was also observed. The cure rate was 8.21% for the group (134 eyes) who had prac- ticed the Qigong eye exercise for eight days. Of the 450 eyes who practiced the Qigong eye exercise for one month, the cure rate was 26.67% (t=3.51, p<0.01) , which was ob- viously higher than the previous group. The diopter of the vision was tested (see Table 2). There were no obvious changes in the group who had practiced Qigong for eight days, but the diopter of the subject's changed remarkably in the group that practiced Qigong for one month. Comparing the different diopters, it was found that the average diopter value of eyes below -3.OOD was P<0.01. For the 30 eyes with diopter between -3.OOD to -6.00D, the average diopter value was p<0.05, which shows an obvious difference. There was no obvious difference for the 10 eyes above -6.00D (p>0.05). Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : C3A-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000108110 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Table 1 Cure rate of the Qigong Eye Exercise on 528 Eyes Total Corrected Improved No Effects! Effectiv( No. of No. - --- I Sub- I No. of No. of No. of I Eyes' ..No. of j ects~ Eyes Eyes % Eyes % I Eyes % College17 30 2 6.67 20 66.67 10 33.33 8 26.67 Middle265 493 78 15.:2 141 28.60352 71.40 School 274 55-59 Ele. 248 441 137 30. 74 16.74 368 $3.26 School 9 231 S2.26 529 965 217 24.49513 52.16235 24.35730 IS.64 Table 2 Comparison of Course of Treatment and Average Values of Diopter Average valuesi Course No - of 1 of Diopter of !yesl t Value p Value Treatments I Before Afterl; 8 months! 134 -2.64 -2.59 0.12 >0.05 I months 412 -1.66 -1.35 3.92 <0.01 From clinical observation, we found that elementary school, high school, and college students who had practiced Qigong seriously had lesser degrees of myopia than those who had not. Other groups were also compared and observed while conducting the Qigong eye exercises (see Table 3). Table 3 Comparison of Four Types of Treatment of Myopia 1~0- ~Io.of Efficiency- -Groupsj Of EyeslTotal . Eyes! No.' , ffected Eyes % affectedof pna Foggy vision22 38 60 36.36 0.125%654-2115 25 140 92.10 Causticity 98 27 11, 71 11 ! , Solution - 176 24 199 87.94 Eye Qigong Exercise Total 410 114 624 78.24 From Table 3, we see that the curative effects of the eye exercise were the greatest in the Qigong group. Approved For Release 200010811JA~ CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 II. Study of the Principles of Eye Exercises As we observed the clinical effects, we also observed the blood stream, eye socket skin temperature, eye sockets, and cerebral blood flow before and after the Qigong eye exercise from students of different ages chosen from college, high school and elementary school in order to study the mechanism of the eye. 1. Testing blood flow in the brain. (1) Equipment and Method. J x 74A bridge type blood stream imaging machine connected to the lead-I electro-cardiograph machine. Standard resistance was 0.1. The forehead-breast lead was used. The sitting position was required for all tests. (2) Testing results. 74 blood flow images were taken from students of different age groups in college, high school, and elementary school before and after Qigong practice. The main indices observed were the amplitude of the blood flow images and the variations in amplitude from both sides (see Table 4). Table 4 Amplitude of Blood Flow Images in the Brain and Variations in Amplitude in Both Sides Mean Value No. Amplitudes of I Cases Bef ore it Q i gong Ele. School 58 0.194 0.236 Middle School 72 0.16G 0.188 College18 0.157 0.107 Mean Difference p of Amplitudes p ValueBefore After Value l tg2n~LqLigong <0 -18.56 12.11 <0.05 . 0 5 <0.0519.61 16.61 >0. 05 >0.051 20.30 1 >0.05 9.56 From Table 5 we see that there were increases in amplitude. of blood flow in the brain after the Qigong exercise (see Figure 9). They increased progressively in the order of college to high school to elementary school students. The amplitude variations of both sides however, decreased progressively which corresponded to the clinical results (see Figure 10). 300 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Figure 9. Sample of Variations in Blood Flow in the Brain (Zhang Ligang, male, age 12). k-Curative ioo 0 06- A- Effects 'I Curative' 0 LO . X Amplitude Effects 0.04- , -80 C.) 0.02 A\ -60 C) 0 \ 4-4 C) -40 4-4 2- r0 0 . 0 0.04. 20 0.06- Ele. Middle College School School Figure 10. Relationship between the amplitudes of brain blood flow images and curative effects. 2. Test of Blood Stream Images of the Eye Socket Area. (1) Equipment and methods. Equipment used included the same as in the brain blood flow image test, except that the eye- ear connection was used (placing eye cover electrode on eye lashes as a positive, charge and placing silver lead on the external auditory meatus of the ear as the negative charge and completing the circuit with a spring). The key to the experiment was to let the head muscles relax with both eyes looking forward, then close the eyes and relax for an addi- tional five minutes. (2) Test results. Blood stream images of the eye socket area were taken from 46 students from colleges, high schools, and elementary schools. Amplitudes and amplitude Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : dU-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 variations before and after the Qigong exercises and cura- tive effects were compared (see Table 5, Figure 11). Table 5 Variations in Amplitudes in Blood Flow Images from the Eye Socket Area and Amplitude Differences Amplitudes Differences (0) of Amplitudes No- Mean ValueMean ValueMean DifferencesMean Valuemean valueMean Differences of Cases Before After Before and Before After Before and After After Qigong Qigong Qigong Qigong Qigong Qigong 24 0.297 0.327 0.030 23.83 16.60 7.23 School Middle 12 0.261 0.281 0.020 22.00 13.91 8.09 School Colleg 10 0.321 0.322 0.001 1 23.40 14.27 9.03 1 1 Uf ~4 -0 0 ~:5 4-44.) 44 0. 0.030 0.025 0.020 0.015 0.010 0.005 0.001 Ele middle' College;: Sch;.11 School X-X Amplitude'. Curative' Effects 100 Curative 80 Effects 60 40 20 Figure 11 Comparison between the Amplitude of blood flow picturee and the curative effects before and after Eye Qigong After conparing amplitude changes of the blood stream figures before and after the Qigong eye exercise and the clinical, curative effects, we found that the elementary school group which had the best curative effects had the largest increases in amplitude. There were however, no remarkable amplitude increases in the college group which had the least response to Qigong's curative effects. 3. Test of skin temperatures in the eye socket area. A semiconductor point thermograph was used to test the eye socket area skin temperature before and after the Qigong eye exercise. Testing points were "Jingming" points on both the left and right sides. Temperatures at the testing points and that of the room were the same. To prevent errors caused by varying pressures from contact of the head of the Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 302 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 point thermograph and skin, subjects were required to sit and tilt the head backwards 30 degrees. The head of the thernograph was vertical to the Jingming points. The average values taken from the measurements were observed three times before Qi and three times after. It was found from the results that the temperatures from all age groups increased after the Qigong exercise which was significant (p<0.01). See Table 6. Table 6 Comparison of Skin Temoerature Socket Around Eye Areas Before and After Eye Qigong Excercise Mean Tem._ -Mean No. of Before & Tem er., r ! Temp I ze , e p Value Groups After Sub _ It Vaiue iBef re Af ter J Qig ng Qigong; Qigong- Ele. t School 42 28.28 30.23 1.95 13.45 <0.001 Middle 22 28.04 30.05 2.01 9.52 <0.001 School College 26 28.38 29.81 1.43 4.55 <0.01, 4. Results of the far-near point hearing test. This was a test of the index of the eye's ability to adjust. 98 near- sighted eyes were tested by a far-near ruler. Before the Qigong exercise, the near point was 7.3 cm. in the elementary school group, which was about 1.7 cm closer than the normal eyesight of students of the same age. The near point of this group after Qigong was 8.3 cm (p<0.05) which was not remarkably different. The far point however, in this group before Qigong practice was 50.7 cm and 59.9 cm after (p<0.05). There was an obvious difference. In the college group, the p values before and after the Qigong exercise were all greater than 0.05, so there was no obvious change. 5. (A fei Mo Fu--transl iteration of Chinese term] Chart Test. This is an index for measuring the extent of fatigue and recovery ability of the brain and eyes. subjects were asked to draw the assigned symbols from 400 symbols. The time and number of correct symbols after checking the 400 symbols were recorded, then accuracy was calculated which eliminated errors caused by counting varying rates of as- signed symbols in each row in the traditional method. 32 students from different age groups were tested with the Afimorph chart before and after the Qigong eye exercise. Results are listed in Table 7. The average variations in time of the (A fei Mo Fu-- transliteration of Chinese term) chart from college, middle, and elementary school students before and after the Qigong Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 303 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 exercise were compared with the curative effects of the Qigong exercise. It was found that they were surprisingly coincident, which indicates that the younger the subject, the least responsive he is to Qigong's curative effects. The average time variations of the [A fei Mo Fu-- transliteration of Chinese term] chart before and after the Qigong exercise also increased progressively; 5.0 seconds for the college group, 17.0 seconds for the middle school group and 33.6 seconds for the elementary school group. The relationships between these calculations are shown in Figure 12. Table 7 Results Chart Tests Groups of from Afeimofu All --- Time i AverageTime Differ- ences No. Ls~qp d) Before of ' GrouiDs &After. t ValueP Value Subj Bef Af I ects ore ter (Second) I --I__ QigongQigong- L - 1 I_ College10 109.0 104.0 6.0 1.61 >0.05 Middle10 166.0 149.0 17.0 2.50 <0 .95 School Ele. 12 201.6 168.0 33.6 6.42 <0.01 SchoolI I Time 40 (Second)' 30 20 10 100 Efficiency -75 -50 -25 01 Coflege Middle Ele. School School ~X_sc A - ___A Time vision 0 Figure 12. Comparison between the Afeimofu chart test results and curative effects. III. Synthetic Analysis This study analyzes the curative effects of the Qigong eye exercise from different age groups from college, middle school, and elementary school. Total efficiency was 75.6%. The curative effects of each group are as follows: College - 33.33%, middle school - 71.4%, elementary school - 82.26%. Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDF?96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 The curative effects of the Qigong eye exercise group were compared with the vision impaired group, the 654-2 eye drop group, and the caustici 'ty solution group. Results show that the Qigong eye exercise group had the most positive curative effects. Therefore, we conclude that the Qigong eye exer- cise is a good method to prevent and cure vision degenera- tion among youth. This method is a combination of Dong and Jing movements, which are easy methods suitable for popularization in middle and elementary school. Five biological index tests were conducted before and after the Qigong eye exercise on f ive people. All results ob- tained show remarkable changes especially in the relation- ship between elementary, middle school, and college student's responses to curative effects which was surpris- ingly coincident with the clinical, curative effects. Figure 13 illustrates the three-dimensional relationship be- tween the results of eye socket skin temperature, blood stream amplitude changes, and clinical effects. Differences of Skin Temperature e,0 G OF e, I I I 7P~~C 01 01 Figure 13. Relationship between results of the eye socket skin temperature, blood stream amplitude changes, and clini- cal effects. Amplitudes of the eye socket area and the blood flow images of the brain all increased after the Qigong eye exercise. Skin temperature at Jingming points also rose which indi- cates that this Qigong exercise had effects on changing blood circulation in the head. The Qigong eye exercise is used mainly to affect biological variations in the eye area with external Qi from the Laogong point. modern science holds that IIQiII is the sum of energy, substance, and infor- Approved For Release 2000/08/103-.OCIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Efficiency M Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 mation. If Qigong practitioners use it at a certain point, amplitudes of the blood stream image will increase. This indicates that Qi is the reflection of blood energy and blood is the substantial basis of Qi.[3) As for the method of improving blood circulation in the brain and eye socket area by the Qigong eye exercise, our conjecture was that it may function through the autonomic nervous system. Since the blood vessels to the brain originate from the carotid artery and vertebra artery, the blood vessels in the eye socket area come from the eye artery which branches from the jugular vein. These blood vessels all have connections to the sympathetic and para-sympathetic nervous fibers. Even though the volume of the cranial cavity is relatively fixed, it is impossible for the brain's blood vessels to expand and contract to a great extent. Decreases in the amplitude of the brain and eye socket area on both sides however, reflect that the blood supply situation from both cerebral hemi- spheres tend to be balanced and adjusted by the cerebral center, particularly the autonomic central nerves.[4,5) After the Qigong eye exercise, the distances of the near and far points were both greater, especially the far point which increased the adjustment range. A feature of myopia is that the near and far points all move closer. This reduces the eye adjustment ranges and makes parallel light rays form images in front of the retina. The Qigong eye exercise is favorable to corrections of myopia because it enables the far point to increase in distance. Our study indicates that the younger the age, the better the effects. How can the Qigong eye exercise correct myopia by moving the far point farther'away? According to the theory of dual control of eye muscles by sympathetic and para-sympathetic nervous systems, there are two explanations for the crystal adjustment.[6,7) one is relaxation and the other is tensity.(8] The relaxation explanation holds that when the eye sees an object at a close distance, the parasympathetic nerve in the oculomotor nerves causes contractions of the muscle and relaxation of the suspensory ligament so the diopter increases. The sympathetic nerve causes the con- traction of the ciliary radial fibers and the density of the ligament. The crystal becomes flat so the diopter decreases. According to the tensity explanation however, the more tense the suspensory ligament is, the harder the crystal is pressed, which forces the crystal to bulge against the cyst wall towards the pupil. The curvature also increases. The sympathetic nerve can increase the diopter to some extent. As a matter of fact, the sympathetic and parasympathetic nerves can have synergetic effects on many organs instead of always contracting. (9,10] We conclude that the Qigong eye exercise might retard the impulsion of the sympathetic and parasympathetic nerves that control the eyes. Since Qigong is a relaxed response, it reduces the tensity of the sympathetic nerve and should have reduced the activity of the parasympathetic nerve that was in a tense Approved For Release 2000/08/16"'CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 state. Thus, it is able to relieve spasms of the ciliary muscles to some extent, move the near and far points and in- crease adjustment ranges. In summary, we conclude that the Qigong eye exercise can im- prove blood circulation in the brain and eye socket, in- crease skin temperature in the eye socket area, and increase adjustment ranges. According to Mei Lei and Lin Yagu, in Qigong, the brain waves slow, the skin electricity is reduced, and the skin electricity on both sides tends to be synchronously balanced. This indicates that Qigong has a very close relationship with the adjustment of the autonomic nerves. That is to say, Qigong has an overall adjustment effect on the body. This adjustment or effect helps organs to be in a more normal biological process. Indices earlier described explain that the mechanism of this effect can be achieved through the adjustment and conformity of all levels of the central and autonomic nervous system. References (1] Lu. Jitang, Nature Magazine, 1983, 4:259. (2) Wang Ximin, Journal of Jiamusi Medical College, 1983, 4:38. (3] Xia Shuangquan, Qigong, 1983, 2:77. (4] Chai Liangwan, Summary of Research Papers from the Na- tional Acupuncture Anesthetic Conference, 1979, p.21. (5) Zhang Guifang, et.al., Nature Magazine, 1981, 4(3):183. [6) Ruch, T.C. (translation by Ding Yianjie), Medical Physiology and Biological Physics, Science and Technol- ogy Publishers, 1974, p.193. [7] Guyton, A.C., Basic Human Physiology, W.B. Saunders Com- pany, 1971, p.419. 181 Shanghai First Medical College, Human Physiology, People's Health Publisher, ist Edition, 1978, p.422. (9) Appehzeller, Otto, The Autonomic Nervous System, Nerth-Holland Publishing Company, New York, 1976, p. 3-37. (10) Ross, cordon, Essentials of Human.Physiolog-y, Year Book Medical Publishers, Inc. 307 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Preliminary Study on Qigong and Immunity Xu Hefen (Jiangshu Research Institute of Chinese Medicine) and Kuang Yueqin (Chinese Hospital of Jiangshu Province) As a component part of traditional Chinese medicine, Qigong's history has been traced back several thousand years ago. It is considered a sport promoting health and national characteristics and has been an effective method to prevent and cure diseases for people in our country. The study of Qigong not only has use in protecting health and preventing disease, but also is a window to help us know life's phenomenon. In order to study the mechanism of Qigong treatment, to see if Qigong helps us to achieve the purposes of preventing and curing disease by adjusting the internal relative balance of organs and strengthening immunity, we tested the immunity system of healthy people as well as patients who had different types of tumors. They included Qigong practitioners and non-Qigong practitioners. Results are as follows: I. Subjects of Observation Healthy people and tumor patients, some being Qigong prac- titioners and some not. Tumor diseases included cancer of the esophagus, stomach, lungs, liver, rectum, breast, etc. II. Items of Observation Body fluid immunity: IgG, IgA and IgM in serum. Cellular immunity: White blood cells adhesive inhibition test (LAI), active E rose antigen test (EA), t-lymph cells test with a-acetate dye method (ANAE). III. Results of the Analysis 1. Humeral Immunity Test Thirty-six tumor patients were randomly tested. Three months before and three months after Qigong practice, the IgG, IgA, and IgM were tested. Among them, the most impor- tant was the IgG antibody which is the body's main antibody. It makes up about 75% of the serum. The results listed in Table 1 show that before Qigong practice, the IgG average value was 767.47 plus or minus 330.29 mg%. After Qigong practice it was 1193.4 plus or minus 323.9 mg% (p<0.001) , which shows a remarkable difference. There was no variation in IgA and IgM values (p>0.05) before and after Qigong prac- tice. The increase in the IgG amount indicates that the patient's immunity improved, which resulted in the body's ability to resist disease. It was favorable for the tumor patients in extending their length of survival. Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 -308 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Table 1 , Results of Humeral Immunity Test from 36 Patients Before and After Qigong Practice V ue Items Normal Mean Mean Val mean alue Teste Values of After p Value d I 30, Before Cases mgo/. Qigong mgo/. Qigong mgo/o IgG in 1219.5391.67767.47330.291193.4323.9p<0.001 Serum IgA in 19343.8 178.885.46 201.0 70.19p>0.05 Serum Igm in 123.665.37 108.8646.02100.838.84 P>0.05 Serum 2. ANAE Test Esterase in T-lymphocyte hydrolysis can hydrolize a-acetic which then produces a-[chushuan Tu Fen--transliteration of Chinese term) and (Hong Eoulian--transl iteration of Chinese term] which becomes the brown-red particles (by-product of heavy azodyes). According to these cell variations, T-lymphocyte numbers were calculated under microscope. We tested some healthy people and tumor patients, some who had and some who had not practiced Qigong (see Table 2). Table 2 Comparison of ANAE Test Results from Healthy People who had and had not practiced Qigong Sub'ects Tesied. Figong ~acti- tioners No. of Mean Value of p Value Cases ANAE % 72 74.90±11.61 P<0.01 Normal, People' 40 65 .50±8 .9 From Table 2, we see that the ANAE values of Qigong prac- titioners were 74.9 plus or minus 11.61%, which obviously differed from the average values of healthy people who had not practiced Qigong (p<0.01). In order to see if the cell immunity of tumor patients could be improved after Qigong practice, we randomly tested the ANAE values of 40 patients who had practiced Qigong and 40 who had not (see Table 3). 309 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Table 1 Results of Humeral Immunity Test from 36 Patients Before and After Qigong Practice Items Normal Mean I Mean Value Mean Value Tested Values of 301 Before After p Value Cases mg/. I Qigong mg/o Qigong nK IgG in Serum IgA in Serum igm in Serum 1219.5±391.67 1767.47±330.29 1 1193.4±323.9 p<0.001 19343.8 178.885.46 201.070.19 P>0.05 123.665.37108.8646.02 100.838.84 p>o.o5 2. ANAE Test Esterase in T-lymphocyte hydrolysis can hydrolize a-acetic which then produces a-[chushuan Tu Fen--transliteration of Chinese term] and (Hong Eoulian--transl iteration of Chinese term] which becomes the brown-red particles (by-product of heavy azodyes) . According to these cell variations, T-lymphocyte numbers were calculated under microscope. We tested some healthy people and tumor patients, some who had and some who had not practiced Qigong (see Table 2). Table 2 Comparison of ANAE Test Results from Healthy People who had and had not practiced Qigong SI'Vects No. of Mean Value of p Value Tes ed. Cases ANAE % Qigong Practi- 72 74.9011.61 tioners 0 0 . 1 P< Normal 40 65.508.9 People' I From Table 2, we see that the ANAE values of Qigong prac- titioners were 74.9 plus or minus 11.61%, which obviously differed from the average values of healthy people who had not practiced Qigong (p<0.01). In order to see if the cell immunity of tumor patients could be improved after Qigong practice, we randomly tested the ANAE values of 40 patients who had practiced Qigong and 40 who had not (see Table 3). Approved For Release 2000/08/10~061A-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000108/lo CIA-RDP9ro-00792ROO0200270OOi-6 Table 3 Comparison of ANAE Test Results between Tumor PE had and Tumor Patients who had not Practiced Tumour Patients without Qigong Subj,3cts No. of Mean Valuei p Val Tested Cases of ANAE % Tumour Patients with Qigong 40 67.15±10.04 40 43.4±12.46 P<0.0 Table 3 illustrates that there was a remarkable d between the results of the ANAE test of tumor pat. had practiced Qigong and those who had not (p<0.01) 3. Adhesion and Inhibition Test of White Blood Cel. LAI is a test based on the adhesive ability of whi cells from peripheral blood on clean slides under conditions. Adhesion decreases under relative ant fects and the sensitive lympohcytes, which cause t sion and inhibition situation. This phenomenon is a immune reaction induced by additional antigens. It a valuable index for observing states of illness judging prognoses. For those patients whose condit proved, the LAI decreases but increases when a pz condition worsens. We gave LAI tests to 26 tumor I before and after they had practiced Qigong (see Tabli Table 4 Comparison of LAI Test Results of 26 Tumor Patients and After Qigong Practice Mormal MeanMean Value Mean Value Test Value of Before After -o Item 30 Va Cases % Qigong % Qigong % LAI 42.87.84 12.579.37 52.18.25 <0. C Table 4 illustrates that LAI average value before practice was 72.57 plus or minus 9.37%. After Qigon( justed to 52.16 plus or minus 8.25%. There was a rei difference before and after (p<0.01). or Release 2000108/10 : CIA-RDpgro-00792ROO0200270OOi-6 Approved F 310 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 4. E antigen Garland Test We gave the Ea Garland test randomly to 26 tumor patients. Results are shown in Table 5. Table 5 Comparison of Ea Garland Test Results of 26 Tumor Patients Before and After Qigong Practice Normal MeanCell AverageCell Average Test Item Value Of Value Bef Value afterp Valu( 30 ore Cases % Qigong % Qigong % Ea Garlands28 + 3 . 24.07+3.89 29.664.02 P<0.001 64 .] Ea Garlands are in effect, cells in T cells that have im- munity characteristics. Our results show that before Qigong practice the Ea Garland average value was 24.07 plus or minus 3.89% (lower than normal). After Qigong practice it increased to 29.66 plus or minus 4.02% (normal). There was an obvious change before and after Qigong (p<0.001). Tested indices above indicate that Qigong can strengthen humeral cell immunity. Our study also shows that after patients practiced Qigong, their appetite improved and they had more vitality. They were also able to gain weight. Qigong has improved the quality of life, relieved the symptoms, and prolonged life. Summary It was said in "Nei Jing" that if vital energy stays -in the body then evil factors cannot disturb. "Wherethere are evil elements, vital energy is weak." It expounded the law of the causes of disease. In normal situations, vital energy can resist external evil factors or eliminate them by adjusting the balance of Ying Yang and internal organs which shows that functions of vital energy are very similar to the immune system. Qigong practice can culture true Qi and bring exuberant vital energy, stimulate the functions of in- ternal organs, and improve organic disease resistance, so purposes of prevention and elimination of disease can be achieved. We have used many kinds of experimental methods to study the relationship between Qigong and immunity. This article discusses the testing of cell immunity and humeral immunity on healthy people and tumor patients including Qigong and non-Qigong practitioners in both groups. By com- paring test results, we found that there were remarkable differences, which indicates that cell immunity and humeral immunity improved after Qigong practice. However, this was merely our primary study. Qigong is a precious cultural Approved For Release 2000/0EY11P : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 heritage of China. As its descendants, we should take the responsibility to excavate and systematize Qigong theories by discarding dross and selecting the essential, eliminating the false and retaining true contributions to modern science and our nation. 312 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Chinese Qigong and Synergetics Li Fuli (Physics Department of the University of Science and Technology of China) Chinese Qigong is both old and new. It is not only popular but also mystic. It has both practical and scientific value. There are names for every type of Qigong, but many seem to lack basic theories. These characteristics indicate that Chinese Qigong is very important and a research area that can result in breakthroughs. In recent years, there have been two main developments in Chinese Qigong research. one is the study of the relation- ship between Qigong and brain activity and the study of the effects of external Qi of Qigong by Gu Hanshen and Mei Lei, et.al. The other is the concept of the state of Qigong as a function proposed and discussed by Qian Xueshen and He Chongyi.[1] This article will discuss Qigong synergetics; based on the above studies and the development of syner- getics and brain science abroad. The article will first mention the concept of synergetics, originated in China, then it will give the meaning and definition of Qigong according to synergetics. It will emphasize the analysis of relation- ships between Qigong and related infrasonics, Qigong and the electroencephalogram, thoughts and their characteristics. At the end, it will give conjectures and predictions on several new effects based on the Qigong synergetic concept. Also, it will give suggestions as to the development and some experiments of quantitative Qigong science. I. Concept of Synergetics Originating from Ancient Chinese Qigong Synergetics studies the relationship between entirety and individuality, and the systematic and macroscopic properties manifested by the cultural effects and cooperation of in- dividuals. Modern synergetic theory was developed on the basis of laser theories after the laser was invented. However, rich and profound synergetic, ideas had been in- cluded in ancient Chinese philosophy, medicine and Qigong theories. Synergetics actually originated from Chinese Qigong. It is known that synergetics derives from synergism which is formed by two greek words. Its original meaning was "cooperate" or "work cooperatively." The word 11synergetics" was created by Sherrington.(2) About one hundred years ago, while studying muscles, he found that muscles had properties of coordination and consistency (synergism of muscles). Surprisingly, the ancient Chinese scientists had studied the same objects and found the same law several thousand years ago. They used an almost identical name. In the "Shuwenpian" (Shuwen chapter) of Huang Di Nei Jing, it men- Approved For Release 2000/08/1(~l-tlA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000108110: CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 tions breathin, Jing Qi. Concentration and muscle coordina- tion may be the earliest synergetic concept recorded in written language. It also discusses the concept of syner- getics by studying the characteristics of muscles. "To breath Jing Qi and concentrate thoughts" are the main points of Qigong practice. "Muscles coordinating as a whole" is the characteristic and effect of Qigong, which can be com- prehended as the coordination of different muscles or dif- ferent parts of muscle functions. This is consistent with the meaning of "synergism of muscles." Therefore, we con- clude that the earliest concept of synergetics and its name come from ancient Qigong theory. This fact itself indicates that it may be valuable to study Chinese Qigong along with modern synergetic theory. It may also be an important way of revealing the profound mystery of Qigong by employing modern technology to study the relationship between Qigong and muscle movement, especially muscle sounds. On the other hand, the word "thoughts" in "concentrating the thoughts" in Chinese medicine has a similar meaning to "cerebral activities." The description "to breath Jing Qi and concentrate the thought, muscles thus coordinate as a whole" also reveals the connection between brain activity and the Qigong mechanism. Therefore, it is very important to combine these factors on brain science abroad with the experience in Chinese Qigong and experiments in studying Qigong mechanisms. The synergetic influence in Chinese. medicine and Qigong theory are rich and profound. There are certainly more descriptions than the one described earlier. For instance, 11 Integrating nature and men," IlYing Yang theory of five elements," "four methods of diagnosis and eight principle notions of differentiating and classifying symptoms and signs," "ascertaining the causes of a disease and giving treatments," "the theory of internal organs," and "the theory of channels and collaterals.11 All of these contain synergetics and dissipation structure theories. II. Principles and Applications of Modern Synergetics Research areas of modern synergetics are very broad. There are however, only two basic principles.(2) It is easy to explain the two basic principles using the laser. 1. The first principle of synergetics: Description of or- der parameter. It is well known that ordinary light from a light source is spontaneous radiation. Spontaneous radiation can be described as a sheet of loose sand which is in a state of chaos. That is to say that spontaneous radiation is order- less. Laser beams are simulated radiation in that its order is fixed, an orderly stream of light. Approved For Release 2000108110 , P41A.RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000108110 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 When the pumping efficiency of a laser is lower than its threshold, then its radiation is spontaneous. Only when the pumping efficiency is higher than its threshold will the radiation become laser beams. Ppumping efficiency is called the external control parameter of the laser system. When this controlling parameter is adjusted, the laser changes its threshold (critical point) from orderless to orderly. The working substance of a laser contains numerous active atoms. The laser is an open system far beyond equilibrium. Active 2%'- oms (simplified atoms) are a subsystem. If there are 10 atoms, each has three coordinites and its own vei8city. To describe the conduct of 10 atoms, then 6 x: 10 variables and equations (non-linear) are needed. It is impossible to find the solution for 6 X 1020 variables of the equation. But in laser theory, only three variables (light field E, polarization intensity p and anti-particle numbers D) and three equations are needed to describe the conduct of the laser. Under similar conditions, these three equations can become one equation, that is, the light field equation. The analytic solution can even be obtained. In synergetic theory, the light f ield E is called the "order parameter" of the laser. "Order parameter" is a concept f irst used by the Russian theoretical physicist Lander to describe phase changes in equilibrium. The founder of synergetics, Harter, used it to describe phase changes far beyond equilibrium. He also found that the form of non-equilibrium and equilibrium are similar. order parameter is an important Concept in syner- getics. The first, principle of synergetics is that "the conduct of the system at the critical point can be described by the order parameter." In other words, the order parameter can describe the entire conduct of the system and sudden changes of its conduct at the critical point. 2. The second principle of synergetics: Master molds and slave molds. According to laser theory, when the laser is working, there are many oscillations qualifying the lasers condition. In other words, laser beams contain all of these frequencies. Actually, laser beams contain few, perhaps only one fre- quency. A frequency is called a "mold." Because of the competition and natural selection among all molds, only one or a few molds (master molds) dominate. All others are eliminated and restrained. They are called "slave molds." Generally, a mold can be considered as a way to describe the whole conduct of the system. The second principle of syner- getics is "among the many molds in the system, only one or a few can be in a dominant or controlling position (master mold) while all others will be restrained and eliminated." 315 Approved For Release 2000108110 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 The basic idea of this second principle is very similar to "democratic centralism." In other words, a group is a sys- tem. All members in the group are subsystems. A resolution is the order parameter, and the half number of the group members is from the cooperation and competition among group members. It is decided only when more than half of the group members participate. As soon as the resolution is decided, all members submit the resolution. The resolution then dominates and controls the group members. A new resolution will be revised or passed if the condition changes. 3. The application of synergetics. Synergetics reveals the general law of development and evolution of self-organizing formations of complicated sys- tems in different subjects. Its main achievements can be summarized as follows: (1) A system that is far beyond equilibrium has similar con- duct as in equilibrium. For instance, laser is a system that is far beyond equilibrium. The transformation of the laser from orderless to orderly is a secondary phase which changes the non-equilibrium. The bi-equilibrium state in optics is the primary phase change of the non-equilibrium state. (2) The non-linear system of non-equilibrium has complicated the conduct of time: A. stationary state output that is unrelated. B. Self pulse (pulse caused by internal effects not by external adjustment). C. Periodicity or rhytmicity. D. Doubling of periodic output. E. Chaos. It should be pointed out particularly that chaos is an ir- regular conduct of time. It is the intrinsic property of a system. It is not caused by undulation, nor the high degree of freedom in a system. Chaos signals can not be expressed by the addition of many repealed sine waves. It is also different from noise. The power spectrums of the chaos sig- nals are continuous in low frequencies. There is also abun- dant information in chaos signals. (3) Synergetics has been applied to physics, chemistry, bioecology, biology, morphology, brain science, economics, social science, and even psychology yet synergetics has its limitations. III. Brain Synergetics The brain contains about 1010 neurons. It is felt that the functions of the brain are based on the coordinate conduct of subsystems (neurons) which are described as follows: Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA~-kDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 (1) The chaotic state of the brain. The latest research abroad indicates that the electro- encephalogram of a healthy person shows chaotic signals. Its power spectrum is continuous at low frequency ranges. The EEG shows strange conduct. This indicates that the relative differences are fractual. (2) The relative orderliness of a morbid brain. It was found from experiments that the EEG of an epilepsy patient is quite regular (more orderly than normal). There- fore, we suggest that Qigong can make the EEG appear to be orderly. It does not seem proper to say that the higher the order, the better. (3) Spontaneous order of the brain without stimulation. West German scientist Baser thinks that the spontaneous or- derly state of the brain is caused by a "hidden source." We feel that it is caused by thoughts. He also found that the stronger the spontaneous order of electrical activity in the brain, the less orderly are the increases stimulated by ex- ternal factors. This, we feel, has something to do with the nechanism of Chinese Qigong. (4) The coherent state of the brain. West German scientist Baser advanced the concept of the coherent state of the brain by studying evoked potential. If testing the EEG,of an animal or person immediately after stimulated by sound or light, it was found that the order of the EEG increased (EP potential). The length of this state of order only lasts 35 milliseconds. Baser, therefore called the state corresponding to the EP potential the coherent state (compared with the relative state). (5) The squeezed state of the brain.(3,4] In order to explain Qigong and Psi, we posed the assumption of the "squeezed state of the brain" which is similar to the squeezed state of light. The squeezed state of the brain can breakthrough the quantum limit of noise giving it super-sensitive testing ability. Some Qigong effects nay relate to the coherent state of the brain. Some Psi (exceptional ability of recognition or remote sensing) may also have something to do with the squeezed state of the brain. IV. The Qigong Synergetic Concept To study a complicated system with synergetic theory, we should first define what the control parameter, order parameter, mold, and critical point are. Approved For Release 2000/0800 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 1. Thoughts are the control parameter of the human body. Thoughts are produced by the brain. They are also the con- trol parameter of the brain. Thoughts act as control parameter to the body as well. Stimulants, acupuncture, medicine, and exercise are all external control parameters. Thoughts are internal control parameters. As control parameters, thoughts can lead the body into different functioning states including a person's thoughts controlling another person's functions. Thoughts, as internal parameters exist inside the system. Baser holds that the spontaneous orderly electrical ac- tivities of the brain are caused by a "hidden source." Moreover, it was found that the feedback loop between func- tions and formations required a "third factor." The function's recovery from formation damage was not only due to the regeneration of nerve cells, but also needed an un- known mechanism. It is our view that Qigong theory and practice have indicated that thoughts may be the "hidden source" or the third factor affecting recovery. The prac- tice of curing disease by thought also indicates that thoughts have important effects on the feedback loop of functions and formations. 2. Qi (vitality and vital energy) order parameters. According to the first principle of synergetics, the conduct of a system at the critical point can be described by order parameters. Actually, Chinese medicine and Qigong theories are using an order parameter, that is Qi, which describes the human body macroscopically. Research of synergetics indicates that many different non- linear systems can be described by similar non-linear equa- tions especially in the chaos theory. universal constants (unrelated to the equation forms) provide possibilities for studying Qigong dynamics and quantitative Qigong theory. Qi is the basis of life activity and health and can maintain relations between body functions and the outside world. The conduits of Qi in the body are channels and collaterals. Channels and collaterals are self-organized, non-equilibrium formations. Qi possibly travels in channels and collaterals as an isolated subsystem.(3] Qi becomes external Qi when it is emitted from the body. For Yindong gong (guiding gong) and Qigong treatments, ex- ternal Qi becomes the external control parameter of the body. This is similar to a laser that has input signals or use the output of the laser to power another laser. 318 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 3. Qigong molds. Different forms of space and time of Qi (vitality or vital energy) can be defined as the molds of Qi. In a non-Qigong state, Qi disperses many molds which are incoherent to each other. In Qigong, only a few molds can be in leading posi- tions. 4. Coherent state or super-radiation state of the body. When the internal control parameters (thoughts) and external control parameters reach a critical point, the body can enter a coherent or super-radiation state (a term of laser physics). In this state, Qi in the human body produces syn- thetic coherent energy with different forms and characteris- tics - coherent infrasonics, coherent light (laser) , and coherent microwaves (similar to maser with its different formations in different levels). In other words, Qi is a synthetic coherent energy similar to the laser, produced by life activities. Therefore, different kinds of Qigong can have different ex- ternal Qi effects. There can also be different or similar effects from different types of Qigong. 5. When control parameters of the body reach a critical point, then the body can enter an exceptional functioning state such as in a squeezed state. We hope that our defini- tions of the control parameters of the body, the orderly parameter, mold, critical point, and other definitions can be helpful to inteknational academics to explain or predict certain phenomenon or even help quantitative Qigong science initiate Qigong dynamics. V. Qi and Coherent Infrasonic or Coherent Muscle Sounds. The synergetic concept of Qigong masters studying muscle conduct has been discussed earlier. Experience and practice indicates that at least some Qigong styles can produce coherent infrasonic or coherent muscle sounds which may also involve the transduction of channels and collaterals. It is know that muscles can produce sounds when they con- tract. The frequency of human muscle sound is 25 Hz. Muscle sound is infrasonic. Infrasonics have been measured from Qigong masters in our country. Infrasonic equipment has also been made which has effects on certain diseases. Moreover, it was found that when the famous martial art and Qigong specialist Hou Shuying was performing Qigong, the in- frasonic frequency from him was 70 times stronger than a normal person. It has also been reported by Wang Delei that low frequency machine waves and infrasonics were found in channels and collaterals. Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : Cl~%RDP96-00792RO00200270001-6 I Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 I=n2 10 [1] To explain these phenomenon ' we raised the vibrator mold muscle fibers. Each muscle fiber vibrator vibrates in a certain frequency. If the phases of these vibrators are in chaos, then the muscle sound is weak. If the phases are identical, then the intensity of each muscle fiber's n- frasonic structure is I and the muscle intensity is I=n 10 which can be used to a8d up all the identical phases from vibration of each subsystem. I0 can also represent the light waves and microwaves from each single vibrator. Be- cause this formula is similar to Einstein's E=mc2, it is un- derstandable that Indian Qigong specialists claim to have found the same plan of transformation of energy as Einstein. When the body is in a non-Qigong state, the phases of muscle fibers are in chaos, with only a few being identical. The muscle sound is weak. When the human body is in a coherent state, the phases are identical and the muscle is much stronger. The frequencies of each may not be the same but when the phases in a coherent state are fixed, the energy can still be calculated by the formula. If all or part of the body's muscle fibers vibrate in some phases, then the intensity of coherent infrasonics is surprisingly high. There is a relationship between the power of muscle sound and muscle contraction and its function. The synchronism or fixed mold of muscle sound requires the corresponding synchronism of the biological process and ATP energy releas- ing process related to the contraction of muscle fibers. The synchonism of these processes are under the conditions of the synchronism of the nerve system. Coherent infrasonic sound may be a kind of energy from the coherent state of the body. Here are two typical examples of hard Qigong: It is known that the famous hard Qigong specialist Hon Shuying from Beijing can break a 16cm thick stone plate with his head. He was measured by an infrasonic sound receiver and found to have muscle sound 28 times stronger during the Qigong per- formance than when he was not in a Qigong state, which was 70 times higher than that of a normal person in a state of Qigong. In other words, the synchronic number of his muscle fibers was 0_0 (approximately 8 times higher than a normal person). This indicates that Qigong can lead the muscle contraction towards orderliness producing coherent in- frasonic sound or fixed infrasonic sound. The production of coherent infrasonic sound by Qigong has importance. First, it indicates that the body tends to be in a coherent state. Second, the infrasonic sound from equipment that imitates a Qigong master can cure disease. Third, infrasonic sound from hard Qigong may have powerful damage control effects which may be used in simulated ex- periments for infrasonic weapons. The frequencies, phases, Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 320 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 coherences, power, and other effects of infrasonic sound from a Qigong master should be measured. Another example is the famous "Erzi Chan" (two-figured Dhyana) of martial art master Haideng. His gongfu certainly needs a very high level of energy. If two f ingers of a regular person can support 2 kilograms and Master Haideng's weight is 50 kilograms, then the ratio.of the weight sup- ported is r = 50/2 = 25. From the first formula we know that if only the number of the coherent muscle fibers is 1_25 = 5, then the mechanism of the "two finger Dhyanall can be explained. Therefore, even though the above two examples are amazing, the number of coherent muscle fibers of the two masters may only be 5 - ~ times higher than a normal person's. Likewise, the n relationship in the first formula explains such performances as pricking the throat with a spear and rolling a car over the body. In order to further study infrasonic sound from Qigong masters, we need to study brain waves and processes of releasing energy by ATP. VI. Qigong and Brain Waves. It has been discussed earlier that without external stimula- tion, the brain can spontaneously produce orderly electrical activities which indicates that there is a hidden source or internal control parameter. Baser felt that this internal source is an unknown hidden source. The experience and practice of Qigong of several thousand years indicates that Qi can be produced only with thoughts and Qigong movements without external stimulation. We concluded that the unknown "hidden source" is the thoughts that are well known by Qigong practitioners. Yet when Qigong is not being prac- ticed, thoughts are scattered and unorderly. The orderli- ness of brain waves is therefore weak. Baser states that external stimulation is a control parameter, yet that is the external control parameter. Thoughts are the internal control parameter which is dif- ferent from external stimulation. The time of orderliness of brain waves caused by external stimulation can only last 35 milliseconds. Yet the time of orderliness of brain waves caused by Qigong can last quite a long time (several hours). This is an important distinc- tion. It also indicates that the coherent time is also dif- ferent. Approved For Release 2000/08/10 ~'61A-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Baser pointed out that the stronger the orderly electrical activities, the smaller the effects from external stimula- tion. Therefore, when a Qigong master is in a coherent state, there is none or little effect from external stimula- tion. Accordir,,.g to synergetic theory, this means the master mold restrains and eliminates those molds that correspond to external stimulation. It should be pointed out particularly that senior Qigong masters or those who have Psi can enter a squeezed state which makes it possible for super-sensitive testing ability (such as perspective ability, remote sensing, and the ability to know what other people are thinking, etc.). It is possible to be connected with another body or brain. it should be an important task for science to study and develop the concept of the "squeezed brain state." VII. Acupuncture and Synergetics The induced electric potential experiment conducted by Baser was inspiring for understanding acupuncture treatments and acupuncture analgesia. Acupuncture is an external stimula- tion which is similar to other external stimulations. it can also lead the body to orderliness. Obtaining Qi by acupuncture is a sign of achieving orderliness. Acupuncture however, is different from regular external stimulation. First, acupuncture stimulates acupoints. Secondly, acupunc- ture can lead to orderliness for a jong period of time. This may be the mechanism of acupuncture treatment. Likewise, when the Qi obtained by acupuncture dominates as an order parameter, there are almost no effects from other stimulation, which is the macroscopic mechanism of acupunc- ture analgesia. According to synergetic theory, responses from acupuncture become master molds. Responses from opera- tional stimulation become slave molds which are being restrained or eliminated. Thus the brain can almost feel the operational stimulation. VIII. Characteristics of Qi and Qi Dynamics It was felt by our ancestors that all things on earth are formed by Qi. Qi is the basis of life. There is a close relationship between the origin of life and Qi. As described above, we concluded from experimental results that Qigong leads the body into a coherent state. The com- plicated system of the body in its different formations and levels, can produce different kinds of coherent energy such as coherent infrasonic sound, coherent light (biological light) and coherent microwaves, etc., which cause different kinds of effects. This will be discussed in a different ar- ticle. Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : _q~k-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 According to the synergetic and disapative theories, chan- nels and collaterals should be in equilibrium and self- organized patterns.[6-8] In dissection, there are tube-like substances or passageways such as channels and collaterals. When a person dies, the Qi then disappears destroying the channels and collaterals. Some low resistance lines recorded from a dead body may just be slackening effects. Qi in Qigong theory and Chinese medicine is very important in maintaining health. Qigong treatments and some experi- ments indicate the effects of Qi on the life process. In order to explain the mechanism of Qigong treatment and some exceptional functions, we also posed the super- photosynthesis of Qi and the assumption of producing oxygen and nitrogen fixation. That is, Qi can have a photosyn- thesis effect inside or outside the body and also fix nitrogen and even produce protein which is consistent with our view that Qi is a coherent energy synthesized from dif- ferent forms of the body in a coherent state. As to Qi dynamics, we have five equations (non-linear) from the theory of five elements. The resolutions calculated by computer indicated that Qi can have stable state output, pulsed style output, periodic output and chaos signals. Since the body has -many control parameters, and the control parameters change themselves, the amount of time Qi conducts is complicated. This is possible with different conditions. Comparing Qi with the dynamic properties of brain waves, we posed three quantitative assumptions.[5,6] 1. Qi and brain electricity are both chaos signals. Their power spectrums are continuous at low frequency areas. 2. The relative dimensions of Qi D, Should be saturated when n=5 (the five element theory). . Qi and brain electricity are mutually supplemental. The relative dimensions of brain electric waves D2 should also be saturated when n=5. There have been experiments indicating that laser beams, the brain, channels and collaterals all have characteristics of chaos and frac- tion dimensions.[9] Channels and collaterals may be the reflection of the brain functions which can cure many dis- eases and influence a person's life span. Moreover, dynamic Qigong has these characteristics: 1. The threshold feature. The practice of Qigong or acupuncture needs to reach a certain level to obtain Qi. 2. The resonance feature. There can be a resonant effect between a Qigong master and a patient (infrasonic sound resonance and light resonance, etc.). If this is true, then the concept of "resonance treatment" should be considered. Different Qigong masters have different effects on different patients. Resonant conditions may change due to the changes inside the Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 323 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 body when a Qigong doctor treats the same patient. Also, because of resonance effects, a Qigong doctor can help dredge channels and collaterals for people and teach others the skills necessary in curing diseases. 3. Acupuncture is very similar to an isolated subsystem. Qi in acupuncture and Qigong is probably transformed as an isolated subsystem which may be related to the biological isolated subsystem (3) found in an experiment in Roman University. The study of Chinese medicine, exceptional functions and Qigong theories with the synergetic theory is worthwhile. of course, large amounts of study and research need to be done if development of Qigong is to become a breakthrough to our national and cultural rejuvenation. It will indeed be inspiring. References [1) Qian Xueshen, Nature Magazine, (1), 1981. [2] Harken, Synergetics. .. (3) Li Fuli, "Chinese Qigong and Synergetics," Second In- ternational Conference of Trends in Electronics, Bucharest, 1985 Revue Roumaine De Physics 32, 1987, pp. 255 - 259. (4) Li Fuli, "Hypothesis of Ultra-Photosynthesis of Human Science, the Squeezed State of the Brain, and Dimen- sional Time and Space," First National Academic Ex- change Conference of Qigong Science Research, Laio Ning, 1987. [5) Li Fuli, "Five Equivalents of the Body," International Conference on Formation, coherence and Chaos, Copenhagen, 1986. (6) Li Fuli, "The Mold of Functioning Formations and the Equivalence of Ying and Yang; Five Elements of the Body, International Conference on Physics of Formation and Complication, ICIP, 1986, Physics Scripta 36, 1987, pp. 966 - 969. (7) Li Fuli, "Quantitative Science of Chinese Medicine and the Mold Function Formation of the Body," International Conference of Chinese Medicine. (8] Li Fuli, Mold Function Formation of the Body, Chinese Medicine and Qigong Science," First National Academic Exchange Conference of Qigong Science Research, Liao Ning, 1987. (9) Li Fuli, "Laser, Brain Channels and Collaterals, their Chaos and Fractional Dimensions," National Academic Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 324 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Discussion Conference of Laser Physics, Changchun, 1987. 325 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10: CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 A Trial of the Phenomenological Theory of Jing-Luo Hu Haichang (Formerly Planning Group 501, Court Space Flight Department) Summary of Contents. Based on the five publicly acknowledged Jing-Luo phenomena, this article submits that their essential quality is in the propagate lines of isolated waves in organisms. This article surmises that the Jing-Luo exists in lower order living things, even in some cell groups composed of only a few and proposes a Jing-Luo model of the simplest kind, with only two cells. To study the essence of Jino-Luo clearly, it proposes studying low order organisms, best those that have not yet formed circulatory and nervous systems. This article also explains some experiences in Qigong and traditional Chinese medicine. We feel that by using a number of methods such as mechanics, heat, electromagnetics, etc., we can trace the application of Qi in Jing-Luo. One, Foreword The Jing-Luo theory is an important component of traditional Chinese medicine and Qigong, guiding much of their application. When we establish the phenomenological theory of Chinese medicine and of Qigong, we start with the Jing-Luo theory, not only to conform to the requirements of the theoretical system, but also to be 'as objective as possible. The reason, is that several thousand years of application and scientific study in recent times have amassed voluminous facts, some of which have now been publicly recognized. This article, at the call of Mr. Qian Xuesen ~,.,ho first advanced the phenomenological theory, is based on the five phenomena now recognized as fact and proposes that the essence of Jing-Luo lies ih the propagation of an organism's isolated waves. We can call it the Jing-Luo Isolated Wave Theory, or simply Wave Movement Theory, and use our article's theory to explain the applied experience-s in Chinese medicine and in Qigong. This article also makes some predictions based on these experiences, in particular that Jing-Luo resides in the lower orders of animals and plants even to the extent of a small number of organisms composed of only a few cells. This article proposes a very simple two-cell model to look the most fundamental characteristics of Jing-Luo and the Qigong s t a t e . The task of setting up such a Jing-Luo Phenomenological Theory is very difficult. This article will only make a cursory test for the above objective and, while a number of facts can be explained, the majority cannot. Therefore, the 326 Approved For Release 2000/08/10: CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10: CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 writer offers a sincere welcome to one and all to examine the premises, theories and predictions so as to sift out the untruths and point out the direction of the next test. Two, A Number of Recognized Facts and Their Inference After several thousand years of applied traditional Chinese medical treatment and Qigong exercising as well as current scientific study, much Jing-Luo phenomena have been observed. Granted that different people regard things differently, but many recognized facts have been accumulated to form a basis for the phenomenological theory. Five such facts are listed below for analysis and deduction. 1. Illness can be treated by the traditional but imprecise method of sticking a needle into an acupuncture point or a finger to find the ailing spot. This has shown that the size of an 1acupuncture point and the horizontal width of a Jing-Mai are rather sizable, at least a millimeter or higher. Therefore, Jing-Mai is a macro- rather than a microscopic phenomenon. 2. Jing-Mai's substance cannot be found through dissection, so it is common phenomenon shared by all cellular groups and has no direct connection with the division of cells. This was pointed out long ago in traditional Chinese medical theory which held that Jing-Mai, Luo-Mai and Sun-Mai formed together into a network calfed Jing-Mai spreading out everywhere in the body. No matter what organ or tissue, Jing-Mai exists there. 3. Studies by Zhu Zongxiang2 and other comrades have proven that limbs separated from the body but still alive continue to show Jing-Luo. It can be seen from this that Jing-Luo is primarily locally induced and the central nervous system does not have a determining effect. 4. Jing-Luo is conducted directionally and rather slowly. While it shows evidence of electromagnetism, it differs from that of those that spread more rapidly. 5.Some who practice Qigong regularly know that 4the Qi in Jing-Luo moves both as a ave and as a particle , sometimes rippling as a wave., sometimes flowing like a particle. According to newspapers, the conducting of Jing-Luo ins the wave state was recently discerned by the China Institute for Nuclear Study, the Higher Physics Study Center of the China Science Institute and the Anhui Hospital of Chinese Medicine's Jing-Luo Study Center using nuclear probe techniques. The discovered conduction and speed were in consonance with the Jina-Luo theory. Three, A Deterministic Jing-Luo Phenomenological Theory 1. The largest Jing-Luo were called Jing-Miai, the next in size ApProveft FortReleRW12000/68Md,~(tIALRDPW-bb7b2RDbb~b,0270001-6 Q ') -7 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 According to the basic facts above, we are of the opinion that the essential quality of Jing-Luo is in the line of conduction in an organism that resembles an isolatedw wave. Naturally this wave is no a purely and simply mechanical one, but is physical (including mechanics, heat, electromagnetism, etc.) which melds with certain chemical phenomena into a consolidated wave. For the sake of concise narration later, we shall at least for now label this consolidated wave as a Jing-Q! wave. This Jing-Qi wave refers to one that travels along the Jing-Luo and to any any other Qi that are mentioned in Chinese medicine or in Qigong. Thus Qi is the content of the wave, the wave is its external shape and Jing-luo is the route of its travel. How does the isolated wave differ from most of the ordinary waves? First, the most important difference is its dual wave-particle nature where others only ripple. Thus only this isolated wave may be used to explain how the experienced Qigong exerciser knows the dual nature of wave and particle. Second, the more familiar waves form a series of successive and symmetrical peaks and valleys on a graph (see Figure 1). The isolated weak only has a peak and so is asymmetrical. Several isolated waves may appear at the same time (Figure 2). When the peaks are some distance from each other, each retains its original shape; when they close upon each other, they a non-linear effect upon each other and the shape of the wave changes drastically as a result. If the shape of the Jing-Qi'wave can be measured, then we can determine whether it is an isolated wave. ection of broadcast Direct-io-n-of broadcast Figure 2- A Common Wave 328 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Figure 1. An Isolat'ed Wave Approved For Release 2000108/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Not only can the isolated wave theory of Jing-Luo be used to explain the facts in 5 above, but can satisfy those in the other four. 1. The isolated wave is a macroscopic phenomenon, the width of the peak can be wide or narrow. The bigger ones in the human body would probably not be very narrow and can probably be more than a millimeter. 2. Like the more familiar ones, the isolated wave leaves signs in the wave state but no traces otherwise. This can explain why Jing-Luo isnot found in a dead organism. 3. Different waves are due to different causes. Those that are like Jing-Q! are very complex and sometimes hard to clarify. But most facts in physics show that once a certain kind of wave is produced, on what route it spreads, whether its intensity is strong or weak, maintains that intensity or increases depend upon the characteristics of the medium it uses. The Jing-Qi wave would no different, i.e., it also upon the medium. This deduction would jibe with the item 3 in the previous section. 4. Jing-Qi is a wave in motion directionally. In additionally, it is a kind of wave consolidated from physical and chemical factors. It should be understandable that its speed is less than that of an electromagnetic wave. Four, Experiences in Chinese Medicine and Qigong_. The Jing-Luo theory of wave movement can be used to explain many experiences in traditional Chinese medicine andQigong. Selected typical examples are listed below for a n a 1 y a 1 s . 1. Qigan is the subjective sensation induced by pressure from the Qi wave. In practicing Qigonq or when acupuncture is used, there are aches, numbness, swelling, pain, cold, heat, etc. These are summarily termed "Qigan" or sensing Qi. What is its essential quality? Many people have guessed at it, but without conclusions. This article submits that Qigan is the sensation felt when a Qi wave meets an obstacle and thus pressure occurs. Any time a travelling wave encounters an obstacle, pressure arises. Waves beating against an embankment will evoke a water wave pressure. A great wave Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : GLA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000108/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 can actually collapse an embankment. Sound and light waves produce pressure when they hit a roadblock. Generally, t hey are slight and measureable only with extremely precise instruments. Qi waves are no exception. Its pressure, using the axon of a nerve, causes a certain sensation. The stronger the pressure, the greater the sensation. From this can be seen two prerequisites for Qigan: There must be a wave and there must be an obstacle. The lack of one would not produce Qigan. There are thus two kinds of people who do not feel Qigan. One is those whose Qi waves are weak and the other those whose Jing-Luo is passed through free and without hindrance. The experience of many people who practice Qigong supports this. Novices have weak waves and, while there is blockage, the pressure is very low and there is hardly any noticeable Qigong. At the intermediate level, 'he waves are stronger but the Jing-Luo is not yet passing freely in all places; a stronger pressure and a stronger Qigan occur. At this stage, it seems that sick people feel a Qi attack on their focal point of illness. Some have described this as Qi being a brilliant doctor attacking the illness wherever it occurs. Actuall, Qi is ubiquitous but runs into the strongest obstacle at the point of sickness so the greater pressure evokes a greater sensation. When the Qigong exerciser reaches the highest level of advancement, there is ample Qi as a powerful wave but now Jing-Luo travels without hindrance so there is no pressure and thus no Qigan. There is only a sort of vacuum or void kind of feeling, of inaction. It is not without reason that those who exercise in Qigong regularly constantly remind people not to chase after Gigan. It is progress ~%,hether one,goes from no Qigan to Qigan or vice versa. Chesing after it would bog people down at the intermediate bevel and stand in the way of progression to the higher level where there are no obstacles. 2. On the entry of Qi and saliva into the pubic area Many of the Qigong exercises that emphasize calm breathing require that Qi enter the pubic area when doing so. Saliva secretion increases during Qigong exercise and such fluid is valuable. Almost all the exercises require swallowing saliva the some right time; some even require ingestion into the pubic area. Can Qi and fluid actually get there? And if not, what does? This has long been a subject for argument. When we talk about Qi entering, we know that in the upper body, the nostrils opens to the lungs and air can be breathed in. But the lungs are closed off at the lower end so the air breathed in cannot get to the pubic area. So it has been concluded that it is not air, but Qi that enters. While this might have ended the question of the lungs being closed below, if' brings on an even bigger question. If pure 1~ 2f) Approved For Release 2000108110 :'CiA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Qi enters, then it must have been elsewhere first. But there is strong contention that pure Qi has always been in the pubic area. When exercising begins, Qi comes out of the pubic area and returns when exercising stops. This conforms the most closely to actual experience. Now we come to the entry of saliva. Swallowed fluids and other foods first reach the stomach by way of the duodenum, the small and then the large intestine. Part of the intestinal tract lies in the pubic area; if there is no constraint by time, quite possibly the saliva would get there. But it takes a long time for fluid to go from the mouth down whereas fluids from exercising needs to get down there in a short time. It would not seem possible that swallowed saliva could get there in a short time. We therefore surmise that Qi or saliva does not enter the pubic area as substance but as a wave. When ingesting fod, the esophagus has a downward wave which loses shape at the stomach, but whose residual ripples would get to the pubic area. Lungs have a stretching and contracting vibration during breathing which makes waves in the lung cavity. This could reach the pubic area intact. What are called Qi or saliva actually are waves. 3. About the "Jing-Luo changing roads" phenomenon. When histological matter in a human body is damaged or lacks something, it cannot be replaced by other matter. For example, after nerve cells are damaged, we cannot use other kinds of cells to transmit nervous signals. Or, for example, when a certain blood,vessel is blocked, blood can flow through other vessels but not outside them. If a lone vessel passed through a certain matter, v.,hen blocked it stops functioning. The various illnesses from cerebral embolism are due to lack of blood in brain cells. Wave movements are not all the same. If one is blocked, it would naturally make a detour; in physics, this is called "roundabout launching." It is hard to block a wave completely. The "roundabout launching" is what is called a "Jing-Luo detour." When the normal Jing-Luo stance runs into a roadblock, the Jingqi wave will go around. For example, many handicapped people have histological damage of varying degrees, yet Jing-Luo can still pass through. Some handicapped people who practice Qigong can reach the high level of free passage. The position of their Jing-Luo apparently is different from those of others, theirs changes routes. 4. Using resonance to evoke Jingqi waves Massages used in traditional Chinese medicine have resulted in an important experience: pushing along with the 331 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000108/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Jing-Luo nurtures, pushing against it dissipates. Forward should be slow, reverse fast. What is the theoretical basis? Looking at it from the Jing-Luo wave theory, Jing-Luo helps the forward ripples in inc.reasing strength and attaining healing. The rate of the push should equal that of the Jing-Qi wave so as to create a resonance for greatest healing results. Since the Jingqi rate is slower when a person exercises the limbs, it is reasonable to slow down the speed of pushing. Of course, excessive slowness would retard the healing effect. Going against Jing-Luo is like sailing against the wind and would reduce the wave's momentum and attain dissipation. While Jingqi is a wave phenomenon, then we can use the resonance methods of physics and engineering to evoke a wave or change its strength. Jingqi is the complex consolidation of physical, chemical and physiological phenomena into a wave. Search for the essence of Qi has proven difficult; but from the point of evoking Jingqi, it is a beneficial factor. The physics aspects of Jingqi indicates inclusion of mechanical, heat and electromagnetic phenomena. Then all of these can affect it. Traditional Chinese medicine and Qigong have jointly produced some simple and effective means to evoke this wave. Recently, they have even successfully studied and set up many kinds of equipment to evoke Qigong. All have a close relation to resonance. Five, Two Predictions Theory not only can serve to put past experience into an order, but more importantly, it can forecast future phenomena. If they become proven, then the theory will have passed a severe test. Here based on Jing-luo and the Jingqi wave theory, we predict two new phenomena. We welcome everyone to examine them and see if they are correct. 1. Lower order organisms also have the Jing-Luo phenomenon. As this phenomenon is shared by all cell groups and has no connection to the subdivision of cells, then not only do higher order animals and lower order plants have it, but so do even the simplest cell groups, those with only a few. Naturally, such groups can only travel on one Jing-Luo (liner connection between cells) with no possibility of turning back. But we predict that there is still a wave (let us call it a Qi wave) that moves around the cells. This can be regarded as the most primitive Jing-Luo state.In the next section, we shall use a simple model to analyze the wave activity in groupings with only two cells. According to the above prediction, we suggest looking for Jing-Luo in lower order organisms, especially among those taht have not yet developed circulatory and nervous Approved For Release 2000108/10 : C1~3FDP96-00792RO00200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 systems. It Jing-Luo exists, then we can use them to study the essential quality of Jing-Luo. This way we can avoid intereference from circulatory and nervous systems and achieve more pure results. 2. inner environment and cell vitality. Biological vitality not only is connected with the organism but with its environment as well. Cells are similarly connected. Since cells generally are not exposed to natural environment, what directly affects them is the internal environment of the organism; let's call it simply the inner environment. This usually included chemical composition, temperature and internal pressure. Now we see that the resonance stress and electromagnetic fields are also important components. Possibly there are yet undiscovered elements or not yet considered important. Temperature, stress, electromagnetics all are fields. The entire inner environment is a field. We might as well call this a Qi field. The wave motion characteristic of an inner Qi is also that of the inner Qi field. Under normal physiological conditions, the lack of physical, chemical and physiological uniformity of cells undergo cyclical changes. One can say that cells live in the process of resonance. As cells are living things, their resonance frequency rate can be regulated in a given range. But there is an ideal optimum rate for the highest biological vitality. To have effective resonance, cells need a responsive resonance from the Qi field. The inner Qi field's rate should desirably coincide with that of the biological vitality while maintaining an appropriate distance and scope. This kind of resonance inside and out will afford the cells the greatest vitality. An inner Qi field that leaves this ideal state will affect the cells' vitality. If it is too off balance, the cells will be damaged or even destroyed. This relationship between cells and the inner environment is what the ancients mean by "Heaven and Man as One." At this point, we can see one of the mechanics of using Qigong to strengthen the body. While they are a complex matter, surely one of them is that the inner Qi field affords cells a suitable inner environment. Healthy cells vibrate to the best frequency rate. Many healthy cells in coordinated and consistent resonance produce an ideal inner o.i wave which is the pure Qi wave. Of course, sick cells can vibrate abnormally, especially those that come from the sickness germs then are harmful resonances. These abnormal or harmful ones can evoke an abnormal inner Qi fields (waves). But if healthy cells could far outnumber sick cells, then the pure Qi of the inner Qi would be greater than the sick Qi. One then only need to have the pure Qi get near sick cells so they can have an ideal inner environment, Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CI"DP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 then they can be helped to regain health. When the pure Qi gets near the germs of sickness, it creates a hostile environment for them, and they can be restrained or even killed. Therefore, people in whom Jing-Luo passes freely do not get s1c'K easily. Even if a small number of germs enterr the body, they caiinot find safe shelter or conditions conducive to growth. Six, A Dipolar Molecular Model of A Double Cell Generally, cells are electrically neutral. But inside the cell the distribution of electricity is uneven. Some places have more positive charges; others, more negative. In this section, we simplify a cell electrically as a dipolar molecule. In a normal state, the cell as such a molecule will undergo cyclical changes of various lengths. For simplification, we shall sum up these changes by saying that the charge does not vary but the distance between positive and negative charges changes cyclically. If we use the term lin_q (negative) to describe the state when the molecule is greater than its average value and Yan_q (positive) when it is lesser, then the cyclical change can be pictured as a change in the rotation of Yina and Yang displacing each other (see Figure 3 below). When the cell changes from the Ying Neutral Yang G Neutral Figure 3.Single Cell Vibration Ya.n.o to the Yin the inner molecular energy increases to ---_q absorb the energy. One can see that this kind of definition of Yinq and Yan_q conforms to the Yina-Y,~Ea doctrine that Yinq rules the internal acumulation of enrichment while Yanq governs external consumption requirements. The resonant dipolar molecule can not only produce a static field, but a kinetic one. This induces the cell to radiate energy to the surroundings. For the cell, this depletes energy, but is vitally needed to live. If two cells like the above join into a dual-cell group, could it then change its electromagnetic radiation? That depends upon the respective positions of the vibration. When they vibrate with each other( see Figure 4), each 334 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 radiates energy roughly equal to that of a single cell. From an energy standpoint, neither one gains much. But when the two vibrate against each other, since the kinetic fields farther out are mostly ~,,lasted, the energy is lessened, co comparatively little is needed to maintain normal life activity. This kind of symbiotic intergrowth might be one of the reasons single cells develop into multiple ones. Ying-Ying (_ D+~~~ Neutral-Neutral Ying-Yang + Neutral-Neutral .Y~ing7Yang Cp~ Neutral-Neijtral Ying-Ying Figure 4. Double Cell Same Direction Vibration Yang-Ying Neutral-Neutral Ying-Yang + Figure 5. Double Cell opposite Direction Vibration Using words traditional to Chinese medicine and Qigong to describe the above, one says that the mutual vibration's L _q ex i st s characteristic is that at any given time, either Yin and Yana does not, or vice versa. This kind of imEaTance bet,.-,leen Yinq and. Yang is riot ideal for life. The mutually exclusive vibration is characterized by both Yinf and Yan_q existing all the time. This kind of commonly rooted equilibrium is ideal for life. One can see that while the expression can take different forms, the conclusion is-- consistent. When the two cells vibrate against each other, at two kinds of activity go on inside the cell's linear connections. First the energy passes back and forth between the cells. Each local state resembles a single cell and the quantity of energy radiated is considerably reduced. Why? The quantity of energy radiated by one cell is largely absorbed by the other and only a small reaches far out and is lost. This kind of one emanating and one absorbing forms into a back-and-forth transmission of energy. There is a law in physics: when to pieces of matter pass energy back and forth, there is absorption and this clarified one of the reasons that cells join together. Next, when two cells vibrate against each other, one dipolar molecule that does not change its size moves back 335 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 and forth along the linear connection. Look at Figure 5 where two cells form four electric charges. At the two ends the positive and negative charges do not move, forming no electromagnetic fields. In the middle, the distance between the other two is unchanged forming into a molecule straddling the two cells whose sizes do not change. Figure 5 shows that this straddling molecul moves to and fro. Kinetic fields come out of this. As thin gs move on the linear connection, this line can help us understand the primitive Jing-Luo and the moving things can help explain the essence of Qi. While we simplified things through broad strokes, the double cell mutually exclusive vibration shown above preserves the basic characteristics of Qigong: 1. High Capability. The prerequisite of not reducing a single cell's vitality is low expenditure of energy. This can also be called the conscious state of low energy consumption. 2. The rule oil coordinated consistency. The two-cell group has a mutually exclusive but in-step vibration. People are used to describe this as "orderly." But not every order necessarily benefits life. Only those that fit its requirements ~,,-ith a high degree of coordination and consistency can fit the ideal state of life. 3. Thincs that can be called Qi move back and forth I along the routes in a definite manner. From this we see that -1--he double cell mutually exclusive vibrating model described above can be considered as the most simple and most primitive model of the Qigon s t a t e . 336 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Reference Material 1. Qian Xuesen: "The Immediate Task for Qigonr, Study - '7 Establishing a Qigong Phenomenology" (Speech at the China Forum for the Study og Qigong, February 13, 1986) Chinese gio.2.aa. 1986, No. 2, p. 2 2. Zhu Zonqxiang: "Study of the Low Impedance Nature of the Jing-Luo Routes of Travel Before and After Amputation of a Limb", ZIRAN ZAZHI(LLTURE Magazine), 1986, Volume 9, No. 4, p . 281 . 3. Wang Zhongping: "Understanding the Body Through Qigong Exercise," DONGFANG 2IGONG (EASTERN QIGONG), 1986, No. 2, p. S. 4. Peng Tiangen: "Searches in the Life Sciences - Inner EXpereiences While Exercising Qiqong," 22LIGFANG QIGqL12, 1986 N, o. 2, p. 9." 337 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 MOLECULAR BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF EMITTED QI ON MAN [Luo, Sen (Zhejiang Provincial Institute of Traditional Chinese medicine); Chai, Shaoai; Yin, Weiyuan; (Zhejiang Provincial Institute of Medical Science); Ren, Hetian; (University of Zhejiang); Cao, Baozhen (Zhejiang Provincial Institute of Traditional Chinese Medicine)] The "external qi" of qigong is an "internal qi" emitted from a human body which is under the functioning state of qigong at a fixed direction or multiple directions. It is one of the breakthroughs in the study of the traditional Chinese medical science--essence of qi, theory of qi, and mechanism of qi. Both clinical experience and experimental research have indicated that "external qi" is an existing form of an unknown material. Despite the fact that its structure and characteristics are still unknown to all, using modern experimental method may yet provide the basis of further research concerning various physiological effects of qigong's "external qi." Between 1982 and 1986, had conducted a research on molecular biology of qigong's "external qi" and body effect. The results are covered below: I. Method of Experiment (I) The Molecular Biological Effect of Qigong's "External Qi" 1. Object of Study and method Select an experienced qigong master to emit 2-5 min (5 min for CAMP Team; 2 min for T Lymph Team) of "external qi" from his Laogong acupoint at blood samples. Each emission will only cover 1-2 blood samples. The master will take a brief break before making the second emission. Blood samples for comparison purpose will be hung in the air for the same length of time without getting any emitted qi. 2. Items Under Observation (1) Determine the CAMP content between the experimental team emitted with "external qi" and the team of comparison. A healthy person' EPTA helps anticoagulation. The CAMP analytical medical box system is provided by the Atomic Energy Research Institute, Chinese Academy of Science. The analysis of CAMP conjugated protein is inspected and examined by the Medical Institute, Zhejing Province. (2) Determine the DNA combined effect of tip T Lymph cell between the experimental team emitted with "external qi" and the team of comparison. A healthy man's heparin helps anticoaguation. Culture medium RPMI1640 is a Japanese product. 3H-TdR is provided by Shanghai Atomic and Nuclear Research Institute, Chinese Academy of Science. EJ-353 liquid blinking instrument is a domestic product. The Medical.Science Institute, Zhejiang Province is responsible for inspecting and examining the PHA stimulus and 3H-TdR infiltration method. 338 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 (II) Qigong's "External Qi" and Body Effect 1. Object of Study and Method The object of study in the experiment conducted by this team is consisted of 10 persons, including two with malignant tumors, two with difficulty of reproducing platelet, one with chronic hepatitis B, and five with low platelet and white blood cells. The sex distinction is four males and six females, in an average age of 37.5 years. Luo Sen is the qigong master, who is using the Zhou Tian Ming Meng Gong. The master of the emitter (A) uses the index, middle and ring fingers of his right hand to emit the qi by lightly touching the "cun-guan-chi" of the receiver's (B) right hand (or left hand) (with the middle finger touching exactly the wrist bone and the artery. Both A and B must have 15 minutes of rest prior to the experiment. During the experiment, both will assume a sitting position. The emission lasts an hour each time (with A's three fingers stay put). Then, repeat the same thing to another receiver. 2. Items of Observation Determine eight synchronized indexes concerning the blood cells of both A and B (1) before the emission, (2) during the emission, and (3) one hour after the emission. The eight indexes include white blood cell (WBC), red blood cell (RBC), hemoglobin (HGB), hemocell total (HCT), mean cell volume (MCV), mean cell hemoglobin (MCH), mean cell hemoglobin concentration (MCHC), and platelet (PLT). Zhejiang Provincial Institute of Traditional Chinese Medicine is responsible for the determination by using the D-900 blood cell analyzer, manufactured by the Seqnoin-Turner Company of the United States. II. Results of the Experiment 1. Qigong's "Externa~l Qi" Can Improve the Rate of Combining the CAMP of Plasma With Terminal Blood T Lymph DNA. (1) Chart 1 indicates that after qigong's "external qi" has worked on the blood, it can cause the CAMP in the plasma to increase. After qigong master A has emitted the qi, the plasma's average CAMP volume increases by 6.0 pmol/ml than that of the team of comparison with an apparent difference. Qigong master B has raised it by 2.0 pmol/ml; while yinggong master C has not raised much (or no result at all). (2) Chart 2 indicates that after qigong's "external qi" has worked on the blood, there is an apparent difference (p < 0.05) between the team of experiment and the team of comparison, with a raise of the combination rate of the terminal T Lymph cell's DNA to (6.8,-w49.8%). 2. After the combined emission of qigong's "external qi", there are an apparent instant effect and after effect in the mechanism's terminal blood cells. (1) Chart 3 indicates that 10 examples picked out of 16 tests have shown changes among the ai receiver's hemoglobin, white cells and platelet. The experiment of this team has shown that during the process the qi receiver's Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 ? V) Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 hemoglobin zoomed to the maxim value of 4.lg%; white cells, 3600/mm 3; and platelet, 55000/mm3 separately. statistical treatment indicates that the average value of white cells went up from 4493.35/mm 3 to 5187.50/mm3 with notable difference (p ---' 0.05); platelet, from 67100/mm3 to 82300/mm3 with much notable difference (p 4 0.01). Though the average value of hemoglobin did not show notable difference (p > 0.05), it still showed a tendency of two-way adjustment. For 10 times its average value went up from 9.48g% before the emission of qi to 10.44g% during the emission of qi, with much notable difference (p < 0.01). (2) seven examples picked out of 14 synchronized tests have shown that in receiving the qi the receiver's terminal hemogram showed a notable increase from before receiving the qi. The increase continued one hour after the receiver had received the qi, which indicated the after effect of qi9ong. For instance, the after value of the receiver's blood (in six examples) before/during/after the emission of qi was taking place were broken down as follows: RBC (10000/mm3), 288.3/298.5/303.0; WBC (1/mm3), 3750/4683.3/5113.3; HCT (volume in %), 28.5/30.7/30.8; HGB (g%), 9.91/10.3/10.5; MCV (um3), 105.8/107.5/107.5; MCHC (%), 34.5/33.9/34.0; PLT (10000/MM3, 6.3/7.6/8.8; MCH (%), 36.7/37.7/36.2. After the emission of qi had been completed, the master's terminal hemogram showed a notable drop. The hemogram dropped furthermore after the second emission. Yet after the drop, the hemoglobin, the white cells and platelet showed a tendency of going back up. For example, master Luo Sen's hemogram before/during/and during the second emission indicated as follows: BRC(l)487/462/462 (2) 461/429/428 WBC(l)7100/6300/6100 (2) 5900/5500/5200 HCT(l)45.8/43.7/43.3 (2) 42.5/41.5/41.2 HGB(l)15.5/14/7/14/4 (2) 14.2/14.2/12.8 MCV(l)33.0/33.6/33.j (2) 33.4/34.5/31.1 PCT(l)8.8/7.8/8.6 (2) 6.9/6.7/9.0 MCH(l)31.0/31.8/31.2 (2) 30.8/31.1/29.9 MCHC(l) (2) III. Discussions 1. The experiment indicates that the emitted "external qi" within a certain space can increase the volume of CAMP and the combined effect of terminal T Lymph cell's DNA. It has proved the notable biological effect of the "external qi" of qigong on large biological molecules. 2. The experiment indicates that the emission of the external qi of qigong by touching the "cun, guan and chi" may cause the receiver's blood cells' indexes to continue to rise after receiving the qi and an hour later. Yet, after the emission of qi has been completed, the master's terminal hemogram indicates a notable drop, which explains the notable biological effect of external qi of qigong on human body. In addition, it also shows the features of after effect. 3. The experiment points out that human "external qi" can directly pass through the method of energy and information transmission. It can not only 340 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROOO'200270001-6 create biological effect on large biological molecules in cells, but also can enhance the blood making system of a mechanism to produce an overall effect within a short period of time by causing the adjustment and change of metabolism of the organisms to take place. 4. Based on both molecule standard and overall standard, this research proves initially the interrelated effect between "qi" and "blood" in the theory of Chinese medicine. In addition, it not only has provided a modern basis for the Chinese medical theories on qi and blood including "qi circulates when blood circulates," and "qi is the commander in chief of blood, while blood is the mother of qi,w but also has established an experimental basis for modern qi and blood models. 5. This research indicates that the "external qi" of qigong has its medical value whether it is emitted away from the object or it is emitted in close contact with the object. Yet to the master, it is necessary to keep in mind that the mechanism should be protected. 341 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Chart 1 Impact of Qigong's "external qi" on the Volume of Plasma's CAMP Normal Value (Team of CAMP Value in Com pmol/ml plasma aiison) after qi is emitted p pmol/ml Plasma Oigong Master Qigong Master Yinggong Master A B C Blood Donor 14.6 19.6 15.0 14.1 1 Blood Donor 16.2 22.0 19.5 17.3 2 XSD 15.30.9 21.30.7 17.32.2 15.71.5 342 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000108/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Chart 2 The Effect of Qigong's "external qi" on the DNA Combination of Terminal T Lymph Cells (PHA Stimulates 3H-TdRLT) Team of Team Emitted Improvement Blood Comparison (C P M with ItexternafCPM) of DNA Combination Donor qi11 Rate XSD 0.2MI'blo& XSD 0.2ml.blood % 1 79191774. 116461191 45.8 2 '191985779 22176839 15.6 3 178343676 173163679 8.3 4 67766.9318 617038163 6.8 05 3800281 6693683 49.8 *6 8812675 10019976 15.0 indicates the cpm, value between the team of comparison and the team emitted with "external qi" with both teams cultivated with O.1ml of blood. 343 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Chart 3 Receiver's Hemogram Changes Before and During Receiving the Qi WBC ~/MM3 HBG- g% PLZOOOO/m ms Before During Before During Before During X±SD 4493.75 5187.50 10.24 10.65 6.71±4.44 8.23±4.80 (n=16) ±1349.85 ±1708.36 ±3.43 ±3.45 P. value P<0.05 P>0.05 P<0 - 01 10 P<0. 0 1 indicates no notable change in the receiver's average value of albumins. However, the average value in 10 examples still showed an increase from 9.48g% to 10.44g% from before to during the emission of qi (t=2.8295, p<0.01). 344 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 T Chart 1 A Hydrilla Branch Chart 2 Mesophyll Cells in the Vicinity of the Vein 10OX Chart 3 Hydrilla's Mesophyll Cells (The Dark Spots in the Cells are Chloroplasts.) 400x 345 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 20001b8110 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 The Effect of Qi on the Stefan-Boltzrnann Law - Xie Huanzhang (Beijing college of Engineering) (Translator's note: There are no section headings in the original text. As the paper is very long, for ease of reading section headings have been introduced.) 1. Introduction The Chairman of the National Scientific Association, the famous scientist Qian Xuelin, has said: "I believe that if the exceptional talents of the human body, Qigong and traditional Chinese medicine are combined, and once these come together with modern science and technology, then they can surely change into a Marxist science which is a correct science. At the same time, in the combining process, it can also transform modern day science and cause it to take another step forward. This will be a big task for us. After this task is completed, we will surely lead a great scientific revolution ... this scientific revolution will be an eastern revolution. Our experiments and research work have to a certain extent validated Qian Xuelin. The various physical laws concerning the non-living world have undoubtedly been proved within the scope of the activities of organisms that are considered - 346 - Approved For Release 2000108110 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000108110 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 non-living/inanimate. But when we consider the activities of living organisms, especially under the action of Qi, many of these laws are clearly limited. 2. Background to the Experiment One of the many manifestations of Qi, is where the Qigong Master emits energy from a palm with a comparatively low temperature and can cause objects to rise sharply in temperature. The temperature of the receiving objects is often higher to begin with than the palm emitting Qi. To conduct research on this manifestation using the photon energy amount as a measure, we worked jointly with the Thermovision Laboratory of Quinhua University. We tested the transformation law between the palm temperature in a Qigong posture and the photon energy emitted from it. The Thermovision was the AGA 780 model produced by the Swedish AGA Corporation. Its sensor and detector is made of InSb (Indium Antimony). After the short-wave lens of this detector receives 3 to 5 microns of infra-red radiation photon energy, it rotates the energy signals to become voltage signals which pass through a series of circuit rotation systems. Thus it can test the photon energy of an object and project - 347 - Approved For Release 20001081%: CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 it to a color monitor screen. The Isotherm Unit (the voltage signal output of the device) will be called IU. 3. The Stefan-Boltzmann Law The Stefan-Boltzmann Law formula is: Eb =6 b T4W/m2 (1) -8 2 4 In the formula,6 b = 5.67 X 10 W (m .K This is known as the Stefan-Boltzmann constant. This equation shows that the quartic equation of the black body radiation Eb and its absolute temperature T has a direct ratio. This can also be called the Quartic Law. This equation also shows that when the temperature goes above absolute zero, the black body radiates energy. Moreover, when the temperature if different, the radiation changes. The heat transmission radiation between two objects is also based on their geometric appearance, and is comparatively complex. To look at it simplistically we employed 2 solid parallel surfaces and monitored the heat transmission radiation between them (see Illustration 1). - 348 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Illustration 1 The heat transmission radiation of 2 flat surfaces T, A, A, Eb, Both the flat surfaces are black bodies. Their surface area is comparatively large, and they are situated close to each other. Overlooking the heat transmission radiation from their edges, the energy radiating from the surface Al is E b' Then, according to the Stefan-Boltzmann Law: Ebl A26 T1 (W) The energy radiating E b2 radiating from surface A2 is: Eb2 ~A26 T2 (W) If Tl ~T2, then E b17E b' But if we tally with the equal surface areas etc. of the two surfaces, then Al=A2. So the heat radiation amount between the 2 surfaces is: - 349 - Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Qbl ~ A1 (E bl -Eb2) = A 6 (T+ - Tf)(W) 1 b 1 4 The direction of heat transmission is from 2. If the temperature is reversed, and T1 T2, then E bl Eb2 and the radiation direction between the two will also be reversed from 2 ----- 1. It becomes: Q = A (E - E ) = A 6 (T - T4_)(W) b2 1 b2 bl 1 b 1 1 If we take the Stefan-Boltzmann Law to be the heat transmission law between the two above-mentioned surfaces, then this also confirms the 2nd Law of Thermodynamics, which says that heat is always from objects of higher temperature to those with lower temperatures. 4. Qi Radiation and the Stefan-Boltzmann Law The temperaturelof the Qi palm and its radiation should normally conform to the Stefan-Boltzmann Law. Using the Thermovision, however, we saw a different pattern. The demarcation curve provided by the device in Illustration 2 is in contrast with curve BC of the Stefan-Boltzmann Law. The Transformation Law between the radiation energy of the palm of a person not practicing Qi and its temperature does, nonetheless, conform with the Law. However, after 10 minutes of a Qigong practitioner entering - 350 - Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 the Qigong posture, we measured the temperature of each part o his palm and the radiated energy (represented by IU) and curve AD in Illustration 2 appeared. Illustration 2 A comparison of the Qi Law and the Stefan-Boltzmann Law 1U D 31- 64V I/ 30 29 28~ r 28 29 30 The illustration shows that though there is a difference between the palm emitting Qi and one that is not, the heat transmission radiation in IU is much higher than that of the latter and that of ordinary objects. Take Point A as an example. The temperature to the right - 351 - Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 of Point A is higher than that of its position. Moreover, the IU of any point below AC is lower than that of Point A. thus, we have a dark triangle ABC. Any point on this triangle has a higher temperature but a lower IU value than Point Ai The numerical value of IU is in direct ratio to the photon number. Therefore, if an object at Point A is radiating energy to an object situated at any point in the triangle ABC, then the temperature of the object at Point A would be lower than the object receiving radiation. So the phenomenon of lower temperature radiating energy to higher temperature would occur. Now comes the question of heat transmission radiation the Qigong palm compared to a non-Qigong palm. Illustration 3 shows a diagram of these two palms. The distance between them is very small. We can use the Stefan-Boltzmann Law to measure the heat radiation flowing out of the edges. This is because the blackness degree of the human skin is 0.97, making it very close to a black body. In the diagram, the left palm with the absolute temperature Tl is that of the Qigong Master. The right palm with absolute temperature T2 is that of a person not practicing Qi. If the temperature of the former is lower than that if the - 352 - Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 latter, then: T1 4~ T2 Illustration 3 The heat transmission radiation direction between the 2 palms Q4 TZ We can write out the Stefan-Boltzmann Law formula for the non-practicing palm as: E T4_ (W/m2) 2 2 As for the Qigong Master's palm after he enters the Qigong stance, its energy radiation is beyond the Stefan-Boltzmann Law as represented by the line AD in Illustration 2. Therefore, because the radiation energy amount of the Qigong Master's palm is: E 6 T4 + f (Qi) w/m2 (2) 2 1 The f(Qi) in the formula is the increased radiated energy - 353 - Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 part corresponding to the line AB in Illustration 2. If the temperature difference between the two palms is very small, as corresponding with the region within BC, we can get: E1> '2 then: 6 T4_ + f (Qi) _7 T4 1 2 Due to this, the direction of heat transmission radiation is from the T, palm to the T2 palm. Its single area heat transmission radiation amount is: Qi 2 =E1 - E2 6 (T4 - Ti) + f(Qi)W/m2 (3) 1 2 In the formula, f(Qi) can be known as the Qigong Infra-red Radiation Function. Due to the fact that the Qigong Master or his emission can might change, it is very difficult to come up with one common numerical value function. To develop the experiment result shown in Illustration 2 even further, and to probe into the laws of Qigong infra-red radiation function, we used more people in the next experiment. According to the degree of the depth of Gongfu, that part of the energy emitted that goes beyond the Stefan-Boltzmann Law, i.e., the size of f(Qi) is different for each master. - 354 - Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Illustration 4 A comparison between the Stefan-Boltzmann Law and the energy emission of 3 Qigong Masters I 35 33 31 29~ 26 .28 30 'o-% -,-a 1C The f(Qi) of master 1 is small, but the temperature increase that follows is even more. The f(Qi) of master 2 is high, but the increase that follows is not as great as that of the Stefan-Boltzmann Law. Master Ps f(Qi) is even higher, but the temperature increase is even lower. Thus we can say that the transformation law of f(Qi) is complex. However, the experiments do prove the existence - 355 - Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved~ For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 of the Qigong Infra-red Radiation Function f(Qi). In the above experiment, the three masters used the same Qigong method. In the next experiment, the masters used different methods of practice. This made the transformation law of Qi even more complicated. In some instances we got a negative value which appeared below the Stefan-Boltzmann Law curve. Moreover, this was not true for all of them. Due to this, we can postulate three conditions: f(Qi) '7 0, some methods of Qigong f(Qi) 0, tallies with stefan-Boltzmann Law f(Qi) 0, some methods of Qigong All in all, we can say that the Stefan-Boltzmann Law is true for beat tran'smission in inanimate objects. But with animate objects this law is clearly limited. In the ?igong posture, the surface of the palm of a human being is much more complicated than the surface of an inanimate object. Affecting the skin surface there is sweat, circulation of the bl od, the human nervous system, ionic bodies, the collatera channel system, etc. To determine if we can develop a suitable use of the - 356 - Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Stefan-Boltzmann Law on both animate and inanimate objects, we wrote the following equation: Eb =6b T4 + f(Qi) When f(Qi) 0 or 0, it is suited to the animate Qigong stance. When f(Qi) = 0, then it is suitable for the traditional Stefan-Boltzmann Law. Whether the above formula can be called a first step in revising the Stefan-Boltzmann Law is a matter for further research. As for the 2nd Law of thermodynamics, we did not know if the fact that in this experiment thermal energy was transmitted from low temperature objects to those of high temperature would violate the basic contents of this Law. "Gelaoxiupei" says: "Any spontaneous process cannot cause the thermal energy from low temperature objects to be transformed to high temperature objects." Illustration 2 and 3-show that this manifestation was spontaneous and also accompanied by a compensation process, the Qigong process. In this accompanying process, the transmission of heat radiation from low to higher temperature objects was not a spontaneous but voluntary. As to what matter gets consumes in the Qigong process, what - 357 - Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 is the size of the compensation process, and how this relates to the macrocosmic mechanism of Qigong, these all are questions which invoke the relationship between spirit and matter. These questions also need research. 5. Conclusions In conclusion, we would like to discuss three questions. (1) A human palm is not an isolated system. It has a blood vessel system constantly bringing energy into the palm. Moreover, no two bodies are alike. If the energy supplied to the palm is great, can this not mean that the palm will be able to radiate more energy than another one with similar temperature? We know that the Stefan-Boltzmann Law works with isolated objects or with single objects which have an energy link with the outside world. Any object, whether receiving heat from the outside or generating heat from the inside is subject to a predetermined proportionate relationship between its temperature and the thermal energy it radiates. This is the Stefan-Boltzmann Law. Take for example an electric soldiering iron. No matter how great the electric current which flows into the iron through - 358 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 the wire, basically the temperature of the iron tip is in direct proportion to the amount of heat it radiates. Thus it is subject to the Stefan-Boltzmann Law. For a majority of objects, the amount the thermal energy radiated is dependent on this temperature and not upon the amount of energy they receive. (2) If an object can emit non-thermal radiation, it becomes part of a totally different work. The Stefan-Boltzmann law applies only to thermal radiation The Thermovision cannot record non-thermal radiation. Could non-thermal radiation account for the anomalous results? (3) The skin of living organisms is different from the surface of inanimate objects. For example it can various levels of transparency, making it possible that additional energy is radiated from the sub-surface. The skin of living organisms gave a degree of blackness of 0.97. But the same skin of ~ dead organism the blackness degree was only 0.46. Whether this means that the soldification of protein has ~ relationship with the reduction of transparency or whether the 0.97 degree of blackness is a combination of the surface and energy radiation from a certain depth below the skin, - 359 - Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 these are questions requiring further study. They will enter the realm of the study of the thermodynamics of living beings. - 360 - Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 The Statistical Treatment of the Experimental Results With Emitted Qi - Li Zuyin and Li Tipei (The High Energy Physics Department of the Chinese Academy of Science) 1. Raising Questions A new manifestation or law can be confirmed only if it can be duplicated sufficient times for statistical confirmation. These needs are not met in Qigong experiments as these are small sample experiments. The Qigong Masters cannot exactly duplicate their emissions and energy release is exceptionally depleting of their physical. mental and emotional energies. Understandably, Qigonq experiments are then greeted with skepticism. We tried to approach the problem from the angle of mathematical statistics. 2. Statistical Test Methods The first phase of our work tackled the statistical significance of experiment results using the "Hypothesis Test" method and the significance test method to deal with the problem of small number experiments. The second phase used the "Parameter Estimation" statistical method. It was necessary to determine the numerical value of every characteristic of the new manifestations and estimate - 361 - Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 its deviation level 3. The Context of the Experiments Scientific research on Qi has been conducted only for 10 years. Though remarkable discoveries have been made, the goal is yet the discovery of new manifestations which can lead to the establishment of theoretical Qigong laws. For research on new discoveries the statistical significance test method is suitable. 4. Confirming New Manifestations: the Statistical Significance of Abnormal Examples The standard method of determining whether new manifestations are merely statistical fluctuations is the size of the if ti significance level a If no new manifestations are discovered, the appearance of'"a" is probably only a statistical fluctuation. Take for example a physical value x with an average value . After being surveyed many times, it is clear that x follows the-normal distribution N (x,# ,C~2 ) where is the standard deviation. The significant deviation of the average value is x*. Using S for the significance, we have: S 14L If the deviation x* of the average is equal to one S standard deviation, the significance level becomes: - 362 - Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 a = N (S; 0, 1) N(x; 0, 1) is the distribution function of the standard normal distribution. Then in a situation where x follows the --------- occurs. normal distribution, the probability of -X 6 Table 1 shows the relationship between S and a. When S 5, then a 4 6 X 10- 7. Thus the existence of new manifestations, from the statistical probability view, is highly likely. Table I The relationship between S and a S 2 3 4 .32 0.0862.6X10-'SAX10'5AX10-112.0X10-P In the significance test method, it is important to understand the background fluctuations and note their statistic.s. In the first period of the appearance of new manifestations, only a few examples may occur. Only the degree of significance should be high: it is unnecessary for the same degree of high significance to appear in each experiment. Therefore, Qi action need not produce identical effects in every experiment. LN195-91 - 363 - Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 This is a common technique in modern science. For example, in 1983 the Western Europe Nuclear Research Center announced the discovery of the Z nucleus after finding only 5 examples. In 1964 the US Brookhaven National Laboratory announced the discovery of the--(L hyperon with only one example. It was 4 years before another example was found, by the Western Europe Nuclear Research Center. 5. One Qi Example In 1987, we conducted a Qi emission experiment on calf pleura DNA. After emission, the specimens were tested with an ultraviolet spectrophotometer to measure the absorption changes in the 257 nm position. The instrument's measurement precision was +/- 0.001. We tested 5 specimens and all showed substantial Qi effect. We chose 3 samples as examples for statistical analysis. (See Paper 12, Tables 2 and 3.) 1. Understanding the background (a) Increased heat (80+ degrees C), changes in the acidity level of the solution, or the addition of organic solvents of some types can cause the DNA solution to change. As a result the 257 nm position UV absorption increases (hyperchromic effect). In our experiment, once the DNA had passed through - 364 - Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 the centrifuge, only deionized water was added. to dissolve it. To avoid heat changes experiments were conducted at room temperature. (b) When the temperature of the DNA specimen is raised by 10%, absorption increases by 2%. The experiments were conducted at night after central heating had been turned off and the room temperature had dropped to 23 degrees C. The specimens were measured immediately after energy emission. This process took a minute, after which the specimen was removed for another emission. While specimens 2# and 4# were being experimented on, specimen 3# acted as the contrast. Its absorption did not change. Thus, neither room temperatures or equipment temperatures could have affected the specimens. Some of the original DNA solution was used as contrast to specimen 12. (Translator's note: this is not an error and is the first mention of specimen 12 in either paper.) The specimen was even kept in sunlight without absorption changes. .2. The significance of the example In the 2 hours before the experiment, DNA specimen 2# was tested twice. The standard deviation of the absorption value - 365 - Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6 was +/- 0.006. After the second energy emission, the sample's absorption significance increase to 18, as compared to S 8. After the third. time it increase further to 30. Specimen 4# was placed in a small lead container and put right next to specimen 2#. The change in absorption was smaller. Significance S rose to 5 after the first emission, and then to 10 and 18 subsequently. Specimen 12# was tested 5 times in the 2 hours before energy emission. Results show that the specimen that the specimen was stable, and the standard deviation was +/- 0.002. S rose to 6, 11 and 31after the three energy emissions. The measurement results of S being so high show that Qi action can increase the absorption in DNA. The hyperchromic effect points to the opehing up of the double-helix of the DNA and a break in the hydrogen bond helix. References (1) Li Tipei The Mathematical Treatment of Experiments. Scientific Press, 1980. (2) ~heng Changxue, Zhou Guangye. Shen Zuyin, Li Shenpin and Yan Xin. The First Academic Exchange Conference of the Chinese Qigong Scientific Research Association Xing Cheng, 1987-88. - 366 - Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792ROO0200270001-6